Now the Reubenites and Gadites, who had very large herds and flocks, surveyed the lands of Jazer and Gilead, and they saw that the region was suitable for livestock.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לִבְנֵ֧י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְנֵ֧י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·nê
                
                
                     Now the Reubenites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·nê
         Now the Reubenites 
    
 
        
            רְאוּבֵ֛ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְאוּבֵ֛ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·’ū·ḇên
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7205 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Reuben = |behold a son|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Reuben<BR> 3) the territory inhabited by the tribe of Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·’ū·ḇên
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְלִבְנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִבְנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liḇ·nê-
                
                
                     and Gadites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liḇ·nê-
         and Gadites 
    
 
        
            גָ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡāḏ
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1410 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gad = |troop|<BR> 1) seventh son of Jacob by Zilpah, Leah's handmaid, and full brother of Asher. <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Gad <BR> 3) a prophet during the time of David; appears to have joined David when in the hold; reappears in connection with the punishment for taking a census; also assisted in the arrangements for the musical service of the |house of God| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡāḏ
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            הָיָ֞ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָיָ֞ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·yāh
                
                
                     who had 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·yāh
         who had 
    
 
        
            מְאֹ֑ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְאֹ֑ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·’ōḏ
                
                
                     very 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) exceedingly, much <BR> subst <BR> 2) might, force, abundance <BR> n m <BR> 3) muchness, force, abundance, exceedingly <BR> 3a) force, might <BR> 3b) exceedingly, greatly, very (idioms showing magnitude or degree) <BR> 3b1) exceedingly <BR> 3b2) up to abundance, to a great degree, exceedingly <BR> 3b3) with muchness, muchness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·’ōḏ
         very 
    
 
        
            עָצ֣וּם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָצ֣וּם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·ṣūm
                
                
                     large 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6099 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) mighty, vast, numerous <BR> 1a) mighty, strong (in number) <BR> 1b) numerous, countless 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·ṣūm
         large 
    
 
        
            וּמִקְנֶ֣ה׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִקְנֶ֣ה׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·miq·neh
                
                
                     herds and flocks , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4735 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cattle, livestock <BR> 1a) cattle, livestock <BR> 1a1) in general of a purchasable domestic animal<BR> 1b) cows, sheep, goats (in herds and flocks) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·miq·neh
         herds and flocks , 
    
 
        
            רַ֗ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַ֗ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḇ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7227 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) much, many, great <BR> 1a) much <BR> 1b) many <BR> 1c) abounding in <BR> 1d) more numerous than <BR> 1e) abundant, enough <BR> 1f) great <BR> 1g) strong <BR> 1h) greater than <BR> adv <BR> 1i) much, exceedingly <BR> n m <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḇ
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיִּרְא֞וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּרְא֞וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yir·’ū
                
                
                     surveyed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yir·’ū
         surveyed 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אֶ֤רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֤רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·reṣ
                
                
                     the lands 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·reṣ
         the lands 
    
 
        
            יַעְזֵר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַעְזֵר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ya‘·zêr
                
                
                     of Jazer 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3270 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jazer or Jaazer = |helped|<BR> 1) a Levitical city east of the Jordan, in Gilead in the territory of Gad, formerly an Amorite city; site uncertain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ya‘·zêr
         of Jazer 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אֶ֣רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֣רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·reṣ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·reṣ
         - 
    
 
        
            גִּלְעָ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גִּלְעָ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gil·‘āḏ
                
                
                     and Gilead , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1568 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n pr loc Gilead = |rocky region|<BR> 1) a mountainous region bounded on the west by the Jordan, on the north by Bashan, on the east by the Arabian plateau, and on the south by Moab and Ammon; sometimes called 'Mount Gilead' or the 'land of Gilead' or just 'Gilead'. Divided into north and south Gilead <BR> 2) a city (with prefix 'Jabesh') <BR> 3) the people of the region <BR> n pr m <BR> 4) son of Machir and grandson of Manasseh <BR> 5) father of Jephthah <BR> 6) a Gadite 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gil·‘āḏ
         and Gilead , 
    
 
        
            וְהִנֵּ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִנֵּ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hin·nêh
                
                
                     and they saw 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hin·nêh
         and they saw 
    
 
        
            הַמָּק֖וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמָּק֖וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·mā·qō·wm
                
                
                     that the region 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) standing place, place <BR> 1a) standing place, station, post, office <BR> 1b) place, place of human abode <BR> 1c) city, land, region <BR> 1d) place, locality, spot <BR> 1e) space, room, distance <BR> 1f) region, quarter, direction <BR> 1g) give place to, instead of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·mā·qō·wm
         that the region 
    
 
        
            מְק֥וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְק֥וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·qō·wm
                
                
                     was suitable 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) standing place, place <BR> 1a) standing place, station, post, office <BR> 1b) place, place of human abode <BR> 1c) city, land, region <BR> 1d) place, locality, spot <BR> 1e) space, room, distance <BR> 1f) region, quarter, direction <BR> 1g) give place to, instead of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·qō·wm
         was suitable 
    
 
        
            מִקְנֶֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקְנֶֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·neh
                
                
                     for livestock . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4735 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cattle, livestock <BR> 1a) cattle, livestock <BR> 1a1) in general of a purchasable domestic animal<BR> 1b) cows, sheep, goats (in herds and flocks) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·neh
         for livestock . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So the Gadites and Reubenites came to Moses, Eleazar the priest, and the leaders of the congregation, and said,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     So the Gadites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         So the Gadites 
    
 
        
            גָ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡāḏ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1410 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gad = |troop|<BR> 1) seventh son of Jacob by Zilpah, Leah's handmaid, and full brother of Asher. <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Gad <BR> 3) a prophet during the time of David; appears to have joined David when in the hold; reappears in connection with the punishment for taking a census; also assisted in the arrangements for the musical service of the |house of God| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡāḏ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וּבְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·nê
                
                
                     and Reubenites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·nê
         and Reubenites 
    
 
        
            רְאוּבֵ֑ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְאוּבֵ֑ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·’ū·ḇên
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7205 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Reuben = |behold a son|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Reuben<BR> 3) the territory inhabited by the tribe of Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·’ū·ḇên
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיָּבֹ֥אוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּבֹ֥אוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·ḇō·’ū
                
                
                     came 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·ḇō·’ū
         came 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּאמְר֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּאמְר֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mə·rū
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mə·rū
         - 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֶלְעָזָ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶלְעָזָ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el·‘ā·zār
                
                
                     Eleazar 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        499 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Eleazar = |God has helped|<BR> 1) the high priest son of Aaron <BR> 2) Abinadab's son who cared for the ark <BR> 3) the priest who rebuilt and dedicated the restored walls of Jerusalem in time of Ezra <BR> 4) one of David's mighty warriors <BR> 5) a Levite <BR> 6) one of the line of Parosh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el·‘ā·zār
         Eleazar 
    
 
        
            הַכֹּהֵ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֹּהֵ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kō·hên
                
                
                     the priest , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest, principal officer or chief ruler <BR> 1a) priest-king (Melchizedek, Messiah) <BR> 1b) pagan priests <BR> 1c) priests of Jehovah <BR> 1d) Levitical priests <BR> 1e) Zadokite priests <BR> 1f) Aaronic priests <BR> 1g) the high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kō·hên
         the priest , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            נְשִׂיאֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְשִׂיאֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·śî·’ê
                
                
                     and the leaders 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5387 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one lifted up, chief, prince, captain, leader <BR> 2) rising mist, vapour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·śî·’ê
         and the leaders 
    
 
        
            הָעֵדָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעֵדָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ê·ḏāh
                
                
                     of the congregation , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5712 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) congregation, gathering 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ê·ḏāh
         of the congregation , 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     and said , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         and said , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            “Ataroth, Dibon, Jazer, Nimrah, Heshbon, Elealeh, Sebam, Nebo, and Beon,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עֲטָר֤וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲטָר֤וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ṭā·rō·wṯ
                
                
                     “ Ataroth , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5852 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ataroth = |crowns|<BR> 1) a town east of the Jordan in Gilead, taken and built by the tribe of Gad <BR> 2) a place on the boundary of Ephraim and Manasseh <BR> 3) a place between Ephraim and Benjamin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ṭā·rō·wṯ
         “ Ataroth , 
    
 
        
            וְדִיבֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדִיבֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏî·ḇōn
                
                
                     Dibon , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1769 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Dibon = |wasting|<BR> 1) a town in Moab on the east side of the Jordan which was taken over by the Israelites and rebuilt by the children of Gad <BR> 2) a place in south Judah reinhabited by the men of Judah after the return from captivity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏî·ḇōn
         Dibon , 
    
 
        
            וְיַעְזֵ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיַעְזֵ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ya‘·zêr
                
                
                     Jazer , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3270 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jazer or Jaazer = |helped|<BR> 1) a Levitical city east of the Jordan, in Gilead in the territory of Gad, formerly an Amorite city; site uncertain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ya‘·zêr
         Jazer , 
    
 
        
            וְנִמְרָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנִמְרָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nim·rāh
                
                
                     Nimrah , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5247 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nimrah = |limpid| or |pure|<BR> 1) a place on the east of the Jordan, 10 miles (16 km) north of the Dead Sea and 3 miles (5 km) east of the Jordan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nim·rāh
         Nimrah , 
    
 
        
            וְחֶשְׁבּ֖וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחֶשְׁבּ֖וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥeš·bō·wn
                
                
                     Heshbon , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Heshbon = |stronghold|<BR> 1) the capital city of Sihon, king of the Amorites, located on the western border of the high plain and on the border line between the tribes of Reuben and Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥeš·bō·wn
         Heshbon , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶלְעָלֵ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶלְעָלֵ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’el·‘ā·lêh
                
                
                     Elealeh , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        500 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Elealeh = |God is ascending|<BR> 1) a Reubenite village near Heshbon (in ruins) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’el·‘ā·lêh
         Elealeh , 
    
 
        
            וּשְׂבָ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׂבָ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·śə·ḇām
                
                
                     Sebam , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7643 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shebam or Shibmah or Sibmah = |fragrance|<BR> 1) one of the towns in the pastoral district on the east of the Jordan in Moab; allotted to the tribes of Reuben and Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·śə·ḇām
         Sebam , 
    
 
        
            וּנְב֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּנְב֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·nə·ḇōw
                
                
                     Nebo , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5015 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebo = |prophet| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a Babylonian deity who presided over learning and letters; corresponds to Greek Hermes, Latin Mercury, and Egyptian Thoth <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a city in Moab and at one time assigned to Reuben; probably located on or near Mount Nebo <BR> 3) a city in Judah (maybe Benjamin) from which the families of some exiles, who returned from Babylon with Zerubbabel, originally came <BR> 4) the mountain where Moses died; located east of the Jordan opposite Jericho; site uncertain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·nə·ḇōw
         Nebo , 
    
 
        
            וּבְעֹֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְעֹֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·‘ōn
                
                
                     and Beon , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1194 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beon = |in the dwelling: indwelling|<BR> 1) a place or city in Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·‘ōn
         and Beon , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            which the LORD conquered before the congregation of Israel, are suitable for livestock—and your servants have livestock.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הָאָ֗רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֗רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         - 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     which 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         which 
    
 
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            הִכָּ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִכָּ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hik·kāh
                
                
                     conquered 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5221 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strike, smite, hit, beat, slay, kill<BR> 1a)(Niphal) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to smite, strike, beat, scourge, clap, applaud, give a thrust <BR> 1c2) to smite, kill, slay (man or beast) <BR> 1c3) to smite, attack, attack and destroy, conquer, subjugate, ravage <BR> 1c4) to smite, chastise, send judgment upon, punish, destroy <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be smitten <BR> 1d1) to receive a blow <BR> 1d2) to be wounded <BR> 1d3) to be beaten <BR> 1d4) to be (fatally) smitten, be killed, be slain <BR> 1d5) to be attacked and captured <BR> 1d6) to be smitten (with disease) <BR> 1d7) to be blighted (of plants) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hik·kāh
         conquered 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            עֲדַ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲדַ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ḏaṯ
                
                
                     the congregation 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5712 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) congregation, gathering 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ḏaṯ
         the congregation 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel , 
    
 
        
            אֶ֥רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֥רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·reṣ
                
                
                     are suitable 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·reṣ
         are suitable 
    
 
        
            מִקְנֶ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקְנֶ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·neh
                
                
                     for livestock 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4735 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cattle, livestock <BR> 1a) cattle, livestock <BR> 1a1) in general of a purchasable domestic animal<BR> 1b) cows, sheep, goats (in herds and flocks) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·neh
         for livestock 
    
 
        
            הִ֑וא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִ֑וא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hî
                
                
                     . . . — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hî
         . . . — 
    
 
        
            וְלַֽעֲבָדֶ֖יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלַֽעֲבָדֶ֖יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·la·‘ă·ḇā·ḏe·ḵā
                
                
                     and your servants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5650 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) slave, servant <BR> 1a) slave, servant, man-servant <BR> 1b) subjects <BR> 1c) servants, worshippers (of God) <BR> 1d) servant (in special sense as prophets, Levites etc) <BR> 1e) servant (of Israel) <BR> 1f) servant (as form of address between equals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·la·‘ă·ḇā·ḏe·ḵā
         and your servants 
    
 
        
            מִקְנֶֽה׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקְנֶֽה׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·neh
                
                
                     have livestock . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4735 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cattle, livestock <BR> 1a) cattle, livestock <BR> 1a1) in general of a purchasable domestic animal<BR> 1b) cows, sheep, goats (in herds and flocks) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·neh
         have livestock . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            “If we have found favor in your sight,” they said, “let this land be given to your servants as a possession. Do not make us cross the Jordan.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַיַּרְדֵּֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּרְדֵּֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yar·dên
                
                
                     the Jordan . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yar·dên
         the Jordan . ” 
    
 
        
            אִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’im-
                
                
                     “ If 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        518 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) if <BR> 1a) conditional clauses <BR> 1a1) of possible situations <BR> 1a2) of impossible situations <BR> 1b) oath contexts <BR> 1b1) no, not <BR> 1c) if...if, whether...or, whether...or...or <BR> 1d) when, whenever <BR> 1e) since <BR> 1f) interrogative particle <BR> 1g) but rather 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’im-
         “ If 
    
 
        
            מָצָ֤אנוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָצָ֤אנוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·ṣā·nū
                
                
                     we have found 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4672 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to find, attain to <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to find <BR> 1a1a) to find, secure, acquire, get (thing sought) <BR> 1a1b) to find (what is lost) <BR> 1a1c) to meet, encounter <BR> 1a1d) to find (a condition) <BR> 1a1e) to learn, devise <BR> 1a2) to find out <BR> 1a2a) to find out <BR> 1a2b) to detect <BR> 1a2c) to guess <BR> 1a3) to come upon, light upon <BR> 1a3a) to happen upon, meet, fall in with <BR> 1a3b) to hit <BR> 1a3c) to befall <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be found <BR> 1b1a) to be encountered, be lighted upon, be discovered <BR> 1b1b) to appear, be recognised <BR> 1b1c) to be discovered, be detected <BR> 1b1d) to be gained, be secured <BR> 1b2) to be, be found <BR> 1b2a) to be found in <BR> 1b2b) to be in the possession of <BR> 1b2c) to be found in (a place), happen to be <BR> 1b2d) to be left (after war) <BR> 1b2e) to be present <BR> 1b2f) to prove to be <BR> 1b2g) to be found sufficient, be enough <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to find, attain <BR> 1c2) to cause to light upon, come upon, come <BR> 1c3) to cause to encounter <BR> 1c4) to present (offering) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·ṣā·nū
         we have found 
    
 
        
            חֵן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥên
                
                
                     favor 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2580 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) favour, grace, charm <BR> 1a) favour, grace, elegance <BR> 1b) favour, acceptance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥên
         favor 
    
 
        
            בְּעֵינֶ֔יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעֵינֶ֔יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘ê·ne·ḵā
                
                
                     in your sight , ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - cdc | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5869 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eye <BR> 1a) eye <BR> 1a1) of physical eye <BR> 1a2) as showing mental qualities <BR> 1a3) of mental and spiritual faculties (fig.) <BR> 2) spring, fountain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘ê·ne·ḵā
         in your sight , ” 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּאמְר֗וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּאמְר֗וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mə·rū
                
                
                     they said , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mə·rū
         they said , 
    
 
        
            הַזֹּ֛את 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַזֹּ֛את 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haz·zōṯ
                
                
                     “ let this 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haz·zōṯ
         “ let this 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֧רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֧רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         land 
    
 
        
            יֻתַּ֞ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֻתַּ֞ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yut·tan
                
                
                     be given 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - QalPass - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yut·tan
         be given 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            לַעֲבָדֶ֖יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַעֲבָדֶ֖יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·‘ă·ḇā·ḏe·ḵā
                
                
                     to your servants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5650 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) slave, servant <BR> 1a) slave, servant, man-servant <BR> 1b) subjects <BR> 1c) servants, worshippers (of God) <BR> 1d) servant (in special sense as prophets, Levites etc) <BR> 1e) servant (of Israel) <BR> 1f) servant (as form of address between equals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·‘ă·ḇā·ḏe·ḵā
         to your servants 
    
 
        
            לַאֲחֻזָּ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַאֲחֻזָּ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·’ă·ḥuz·zāh
                
                
                     as a possession . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        272 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) possession, property <BR> 1a) land <BR> 1b) possession by inheritance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·’ă·ḥuz·zāh
         as a possession . 
    
 
        
            אַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’al-
                
                
                     Do not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        408 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no, nor, neither, nothing (as wish or preference) <BR> 1a) do not, let not (with a verb) <BR> 1b) let there not be (with a verb understood) <BR> 1c) not, no (with substantive) <BR> 1d) nothing (as substantive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’al-
         Do not 
    
 
        
            תַּעֲבִרֵ֖נוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעֲבִרֵ֖נוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘ă·ḇi·rê·nū
                
                
                     make us cross 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - second person masculine singular | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘ă·ḇi·rê·nū
         make us cross 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But Moses asked the Gadites and Reubenites, “Shall your brothers go to war while you sit here?
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מֹשֶׁ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     But Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         But Moses 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     asked 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         asked 
    
 
        
            לִבְנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·nê-
                
                
                     the Gadites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·nê-
         the Gadites 
    
 
        
            גָ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡāḏ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1410 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gad = |troop|<BR> 1) seventh son of Jacob by Zilpah, Leah's handmaid, and full brother of Asher. <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Gad <BR> 3) a prophet during the time of David; appears to have joined David when in the hold; reappears in connection with the punishment for taking a census; also assisted in the arrangements for the musical service of the |house of God| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡāḏ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְלִבְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִבְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liḇ·nê
                
                
                     and Reubenites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liḇ·nê
         and Reubenites 
    
 
        
            רְאוּבֵ֑ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְאוּבֵ֑ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·’ū·ḇên
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7205 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Reuben = |behold a son|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Reuben<BR> 3) the territory inhabited by the tribe of Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·’ū·ḇên
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            הַאַֽחֵיכֶ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַאַֽחֵיכֶ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·’a·ḥê·ḵem
                
                
                     “ Shall your brothers 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        251 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brother <BR> 1a) brother of same parents <BR> 1b) half-brother (same father)<BR> 1c) relative, kinship, same tribe <BR> 1d) each to the other (reciprocal relationship) <BR> 1e) (fig.) of resemblance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·’a·ḥê·ḵem
         “ Shall your brothers 
    
 
        
            יָבֹ֙אוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָבֹ֙אוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḇō·’ū
                
                
                     go 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḇō·’ū
         go 
    
 
        
            לַמִּלְחָמָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַמִּלְחָמָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lam·mil·ḥā·māh
                
                
                     to war 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4421 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) battle, war 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lam·mil·ḥā·māh
         to war 
    
 
        
            וְאַתֶּ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַתֶּ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’at·tem
                
                
                     while you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        859 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you (second pers. sing. masc.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’at·tem
         while you 
    
 
        
            תֵּ֥שְׁבוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֵּ֥שְׁבוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tê·šə·ḇū
                
                
                     sit 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tê·šə·ḇū
         sit 
    
 
        
            פֹֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פֹֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ōh
                
                
                     here ? 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6311 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) here, from here, hither <BR> 1a) here <BR> 1b) hither 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ōh
         here ? 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Why are you discouraging the Israelites from crossing into the land that the LORD has given them?
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְלָ֣מָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָ֣מָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lām·māh
                
                
                     Why 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4100 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        interr pron<BR> 1) what, how, of what kind <BR> 1a) (interrogative) <BR> 1a1) what? <BR> 1a2) of what kind <BR> 1a3) what? (rhetorical) <BR> 1a4) whatsoever, whatever, what <BR> 1b) (adverb) <BR> 1b1) how, how now <BR> 1b2) why <BR> 1b3) how! (exclamation) <BR> 1c) (with prep) <BR> 1c1) wherein?, whereby?, wherewith?, by what means? <BR> 1c2) because of what? <BR> 1c3) the like of what? <BR> 1c3a) how much?, how many?, how often? <BR> 1c3b) for how long? <BR> 1c4) for what reason?, why?, to what purpose? <BR> 1c5) until when?, how long?, upon what?, wherefore? <BR> indef pron <BR> 2) anything, aught, what may 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lām·māh
         Why 
    
 
        
            תְנוּאוּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְנוּאוּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯə·nū·ʾūn
                
                
                     are you discouraging 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - second person masculine plural | Paragogic nun 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5106 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to hinder, hold back, forbid, disallow, restrain, frustrate <BR> 1a) (Qal) to hinder, hold back <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to restrain, forbid, frustrate <BR> 1b2) to restrain, make averse, discourage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯə·nū·ʾūn
         are you discouraging 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            לֵ֖ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵ֖ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêḇ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3820 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) inner man, mind, will, heart, understanding <BR> 1a) inner part, midst <BR> 1a1) midst (of things) <BR> 1a2) heart (of man) <BR> 1a3) soul, heart (of man) <BR> 1a4) mind, knowledge, thinking, reflection, memory <BR> 1a5) inclination, resolution, determination (of will) <BR> 1a6) conscience <BR> 1a7) heart (of moral character) <BR> 1a8) as seat of appetites <BR> 1a9) as seat of emotions and passions 1a10) as seat of courage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêḇ
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מֵֽעֲבֹר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵֽעֲבֹר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·‘ă·ḇōr
                
                
                     from crossing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·‘ă·ḇōr
         from crossing 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     into 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         into 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֔רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֔רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the land 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         that 
    
 
        
            יְהוָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            נָתַ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָתַ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·ṯan
                
                
                     has given 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·ṯan
         has given 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     them ? 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         them ? 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This is what your fathers did when I sent them from Kadesh-barnea to inspect the land.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כֹּ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōh
                
                
                     This is what 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, here, in this manner <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) here, here and there<BR> 1c) until now, until now...until then, meanwhile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōh
         This is what 
    
 
        
            אֲבֹתֵיכֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲבֹתֵיכֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇō·ṯê·ḵem
                
                
                     your fathers 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) father of an individual <BR> 2) of God as father of his people <BR> 3) head or founder of a household, group, family, or clan <BR> 4) ancestor <BR> 4a) grandfather, forefathers -- of person <BR> 4b) of people <BR> 5) originator or patron of a class, profession, or art <BR> 6) of producer, generator (fig.) <BR> 7) of benevolence and protection (fig.) <BR> 8) term of respect and honour <BR> 9) ruler or chief (spec.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇō·ṯê·ḵem
         your fathers 
    
 
        
            עָשׂ֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָשׂ֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·śū
                
                
                     did 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·śū
         did 
    
 
        
            בְּשָׁלְחִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּשָׁלְחִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·šā·lə·ḥî
                
                
                     when I sent 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to send, send away, let go, stretch out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to send <BR> 1a2) to stretch out, extend, direct <BR> 1a3) to send away <BR> 1a4) to let loose <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be sent <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to send off or away or out or forth, dismiss, give over, cast out <BR> 1c2) to let go, set free <BR> 1c3) to shoot forth (of branches) <BR> 1c4) to let down <BR> 1c5) to shoot <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be sent off, be put away, be divorced, be impelled <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to send 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·šā·lə·ḥî
         when I sent 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         - 
    
 
        
            מִקָּדֵ֥שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקָּדֵ֥שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·qā·ḏêš
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kadesh-barnea = |holy|<BR> 1) a city in the extreme south of Judah <BR> 1a) same as 'Kedesh' and 'Kadesh' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·qā·ḏêš
         them 
    
 
        
            בַּרְנֵ֖עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּרְנֵ֖עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bar·nê·a‘
                
                
                     from Kadesh-barnea 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kadesh-barnea = |holy|<BR> 1) a city in the extreme south of Judah <BR> 1a) same as 'Kedesh' and 'Kadesh' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bar·nê·a‘
         from Kadesh-barnea 
    
 
        
            לִרְא֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִרְא֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lir·’ō·wṯ
                
                
                     to inspect 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lir·’ō·wṯ
         to inspect 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the land . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the land . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            For when your fathers went up to the Valley of Eshcol and saw the land, they discouraged the Israelites from entering the land that the LORD had given them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַֽיַּעֲל֞וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיַּעֲל֞וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘ă·lū
                
                
                     For when [your fathers] went up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘ă·lū
         For when [your fathers] went up 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         to 
    
 
        
            נַ֣חַל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַ֣חַל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·ḥal
                
                
                     the Valley 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5158 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) torrent, valley, wadi, torrent-valley <BR> 1a) torrent <BR> 1b) torrent-valley, wadi (as stream bed) <BR> 1c) shaft (of mine) <BR> 2) palm-tree <BR> 2a) meaning dubious 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·ḥal
         the Valley 
    
 
        
            אֶשְׁכּ֗וֹל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶשְׁכּ֗וֹל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eš·kō·wl
                
                
                     of Eshcol 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        812 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Eshcol = |cluster|<BR> 1) an area of Hebron, the valley of Eshcol <BR> 2) an Amorite, the brother of Mamre, dwelling in Hebron 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eš·kō·wl
         of Eshcol 
    
 
        
            וַיִּרְאוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּרְאוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yir·’ū
                
                
                     and saw 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yir·’ū
         and saw 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֔רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֔רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the land , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the land , 
    
 
        
            וַיָּנִ֕יאוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּנִ֕יאוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·nî·’ū
                
                
                     they discouraged 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5106 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to hinder, hold back, forbid, disallow, restrain, frustrate <BR> 1a) (Qal) to hinder, hold back <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to restrain, forbid, frustrate <BR> 1b2) to restrain, make averse, discourage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·nî·’ū
         they discouraged 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            לֵ֖ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵ֖ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêḇ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3820 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) inner man, mind, will, heart, understanding <BR> 1a) inner part, midst <BR> 1a1) midst (of things) <BR> 1a2) heart (of man) <BR> 1a3) soul, heart (of man) <BR> 1a4) mind, knowledge, thinking, reflection, memory <BR> 1a5) inclination, resolution, determination (of will) <BR> 1a6) conscience <BR> 1a7) heart (of moral character) <BR> 1a8) as seat of appetites <BR> 1a9) as seat of emotions and passions 1a10) as seat of courage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêḇ
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְבִלְתִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְבִלְתִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḇil·tî-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1115 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) not, except <BR> adv <BR> 2) not <BR> 3) except (after preceding negation) <BR> conj <BR> 4) except (after an implied or expressed negation) <BR> with prep <BR> 5) so as not, in order not <BR> 6) an account of not, because...not <BR> 7) until not 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḇil·tî-
         from 
    
 
        
            בֹא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֹא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇō
                
                
                     entering 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇō
         entering 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֔רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֔רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the land 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         that 
    
 
        
            יְהוָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            נָתַ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָתַ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·ṯan
                
                
                     had given 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·ṯan
         had given 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         them . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So the anger of the LORD was kindled that day, and He swore an oath, saying,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אַ֥ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַ֥ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ap̄
                
                
                     So the anger 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        639 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nostril, nose, face <BR> 2) anger 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ap̄
         So the anger 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיִּֽחַר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּֽחַר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yi·ḥar-
                
                
                     was kindled 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2734 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be hot, furious, burn, become angry, be kindled <BR> 1a) (Qal) to burn, kindle (anger) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be angry with, be incensed <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to burn, kindle <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to heat oneself in vexation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yi·ḥar-
         was kindled 
    
 
        
            הַה֑וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַה֑וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·hū
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·hū
         that 
    
 
        
            בַּיּ֣וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּיּ֣וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bay·yō·wm
                
                
                     day , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bay·yō·wm
         day , 
    
 
        
            וַיִּשָּׁבַ֖ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּשָּׁבַ֖ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiš·šā·ḇa‘
                
                
                     and He swore an oath , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7650 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to swear, adjure <BR> 1a) (Qal) sworn (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to swear, take an oath <BR> 1b2) to swear (of Jehovah by Himself) <BR> 1b3) to curse <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to take an oath <BR> 1c2) to adjure 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiš·šā·ḇa‘
         and He swore an oath , 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     saying , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         saying , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            ‘Because they did not follow Me wholeheartedly, not one of the men twenty years of age or older who came out of Egypt will see the land that I swore to give Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob—
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     ‘ Because 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         ‘ Because 
    
 
        
            לֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō-
                
                
                     they did not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō-
         they did not 
    
 
        
            אַחֲרָֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַחֲרָֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·ḥă·rāy
                
                
                     follow Me 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) after the following part, behind (of place), hinder, afterwards (of time)<BR> 1a) as an adverb <BR> 1a1) behind (of place) <BR> 1a2) afterwards (of time) <BR> 1b) as a preposition <BR> 1b1) behind, after (of place) <BR> 1b2) after (of time) <BR> 1b3) besides <BR> 1c) as a conjunction <BR> 1c) after that <BR> 1d) as a substantive <BR> 1d1) hinder part <BR> 1e) with other prepositions <BR> 1e1) from behind <BR> 1e2) from following after 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·ḥă·rāy
         follow Me 
    
 
        
            מִלְא֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלְא֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·’ū
                
                
                     wholeheartedly , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4390 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fill, be full <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be full <BR> 1a1a) fulness, abundance (participle) <BR> 1a1b) to be full, be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1a2) to consecrate, fill the hand <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be filled, be armed, be satisfied <BR> 1b2) to be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to fill <BR> 1c2) to satisfy <BR> 1c3) to fulfil, accomplish, complete <BR> 1c4) to confirm <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be filled <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to mass themselves against 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·’ū
         wholeheartedly , 
    
 
        
            אִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’im-
                
                
                     not one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        518 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) if <BR> 1a) conditional clauses <BR> 1a1) of possible situations <BR> 1a2) of impossible situations <BR> 1b) oath contexts <BR> 1b1) no, not <BR> 1c) if...if, whether...or, whether...or...or <BR> 1d) when, whenever <BR> 1e) since <BR> 1f) interrogative particle <BR> 1g) but rather 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’im-
         not one 
    
 
        
            הָאֲנָשִׁ֜ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֲנָשִׁ֜ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ă·nā·šîm
                
                
                     of the men 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        582 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, mortal man, person, mankind <BR> 1a) of an individual <BR> 1b) men (collective) <BR> 1c) man, mankind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ă·nā·šîm
         of the men 
    
 
        
            עֶשְׂרִ֤ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶשְׂרִ֤ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘eś·rîm
                
                
                     twenty 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6242 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) twenty, twentieth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘eś·rîm
         twenty 
    
 
        
            מִבֶּ֨ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִבֶּ֨ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mib·ben
                
                
                     years of age 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mib·ben
         years of age 
    
 
        
            שָׁנָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁנָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·nāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8141 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) year <BR> 1a) as division of time <BR> 1b) as measure of time <BR> 1c) as indication of age <BR> 1d) a lifetime (of years of life) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·nāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וָמַ֔עְלָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָמַ֔עְלָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·ma‘·lāh
                
                
                     or older 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) higher part, upper part <BR> adv <BR> 1a) above <BR> prep <BR> 1b) on the top of, above, on higher ground than <BR> with locative <BR> 1c) upwards, higher, above 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·ma‘·lāh
         or older 
    
 
        
            אֵ֚ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֚ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            הָעֹלִ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעֹלִ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ō·lîm
                
                
                     who came 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ō·lîm
         who came 
    
 
        
            מִמִּצְרַ֗יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמִּצְרַ֗יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     out of Egypt 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·miṣ·ra·yim
         out of Egypt 
    
 
        
            יִרְא֨וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִרְא֨וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yir·’ū
                
                
                     will see 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yir·’ū
         will see 
    
 
        
            הָאֲדָמָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֲדָמָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ă·ḏā·māh
                
                
                     the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        127 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ground, land <BR> 1a) ground (as general, tilled, yielding sustenance) <BR> 1b) piece of ground, a specific plot of land <BR> 1c) earth substance (for building or constructing) <BR> 1d) ground as earth's visible surface <BR> 1e) land, territory, country <BR> 1f) whole inhabited earth <BR> 1g) city in Naphtali 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ă·ḏā·māh
         the land 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            נִשְׁבַּ֛עְתִּי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִשְׁבַּ֛עְתִּי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    niš·ba‘·tî
                
                
                     I swore 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7650 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to swear, adjure <BR> 1a) (Qal) sworn (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to swear, take an oath <BR> 1b2) to swear (of Jehovah by Himself) <BR> 1b3) to curse <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to take an oath <BR> 1c2) to adjure 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        niš·ba‘·tî
         I swore 
    
 
        
            לְאַבְרָהָ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאַבְרָהָ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’aḇ·rā·hām
                
                
                     to give Abraham , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        85 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abraham = |father of a multitude| or |chief of multitude|<BR> 1) friend of God and founder of Hebrew nation via God's elective covenant 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’aḇ·rā·hām
         to give Abraham , 
    
 
        
            לְיִצְחָ֖ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְיִצְחָ֖ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·yiṣ·ḥāq
                
                
                     Isaac , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3327 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Isaac = |he laughs|<BR> 1) son of Abraham by Sarah his wife and father of Jacob and Esau 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·yiṣ·ḥāq
         Isaac , 
    
 
        
            וּֽלְיַעֲקֹ֑ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּֽלְיַעֲקֹ֑ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ya·‘ă·qōḇ
                
                
                     and Jacob — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3290 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jacob = |heel holder| or |supplanter|<BR> 1) son of Isaac, grandson of Abraham, and father of the 12 patriarchs of the tribes of Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ya·‘ă·qōḇ
         and Jacob — 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            not one except Caleb son of Jephunneh the Kenizzite and Joshua son of Nun—because they did follow the LORD wholeheartedly.’
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בִּלְתִּ֞י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְתִּ֞י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·tî
                
                
                     not one except 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1115 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) not, except <BR> adv <BR> 2) not <BR> 3) except (after preceding negation) <BR> conj <BR> 4) except (after an implied or expressed negation) <BR> with prep <BR> 5) so as not, in order not <BR> 6) an account of not, because...not <BR> 7) until not 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·tî
         not one except 
    
 
        
            כָּלֵ֤ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּלֵ֤ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kā·lêḇ
                
                
                     Caleb 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3612 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Caleb = |dog|<BR> 1) the godly son of Jephunneh and the faithful spy who reported the Promised Land favourably and urged its capture <BR> 2) son of Hezron and grandson of Pharez and great grandson of Judah and the father of Hur and grandfather of Caleb the spy 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kā·lêḇ
         Caleb 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         son 
    
 
        
            יְפֻנֶּה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְפֻנֶּה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·p̄un·neh
                
                
                     of Jephunneh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3312 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jephunneh = |He will be facing|<BR> 1) a Kenezite and father of Caleb the spy from the tribe of Judah <BR> 2) son of Jether and descendant of Asher 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·p̄un·neh
         of Jephunneh 
    
 
        
            הַקְּנִזִּ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקְּנִזִּ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·qə·niz·zî
                
                
                     the Kenizzite 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7074 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kenezite or Kenizzites = |descendant of Kenaz|<BR> 1) descendants of Kenaz 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·qə·niz·zî
         the Kenizzite 
    
 
        
            וִיהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וִיהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wî·hō·wō·šu·a‘
                
                
                     and Joshua 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joshua or Jehoshua = |Jehovah is salvation| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Nun of the tribe of Ephraim and successor to Moses as the leader of the children of Israel; led the conquest of Canaan <BR> 2) a resident of Beth-shemesh on whose land the Ark of the Covenant came to a stop after the Philistines returned it <BR> 3) son of Jehozadak and high priest after the restoration <BR> 4) governor of Jerusalem under king Josiah who gave his name to a gate of the city of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wî·hō·wō·šu·a‘
         and Joshua 
    
 
        
            בִּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bin-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bin-
         son 
    
 
        
            נ֑וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נ֑וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nūn
                
                
                     of Nun — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5126 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nun = |fish| or |posterity|<BR> 1) father of Joshua the successor of Moses 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nūn
         of Nun — 
    
 
        
            כִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         because 
    
 
        
            אַחֲרֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַחֲרֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·ḥă·rê
                
                
                     they did follow 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) after the following part, behind (of place), hinder, afterwards (of time)<BR> 1a) as an adverb <BR> 1a1) behind (of place) <BR> 1a2) afterwards (of time) <BR> 1b) as a preposition <BR> 1b1) behind, after (of place) <BR> 1b2) after (of time) <BR> 1b3) besides <BR> 1c) as a conjunction <BR> 1c) after that <BR> 1d) as a substantive <BR> 1d1) hinder part <BR> 1e) with other prepositions <BR> 1e1) from behind <BR> 1e2) from following after 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·ḥă·rê
         they did follow 
    
 
        
            יְהוָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            מִלְא֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלְא֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·’ū
                
                
                     wholeheartedly . ’ 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4390 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fill, be full <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be full <BR> 1a1a) fulness, abundance (participle) <BR> 1a1b) to be full, be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1a2) to consecrate, fill the hand <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be filled, be armed, be satisfied <BR> 1b2) to be accomplished, be ended <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to fill <BR> 1c2) to satisfy <BR> 1c3) to fulfil, accomplish, complete <BR> 1c4) to confirm <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be filled <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to mass themselves against 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·’ū
         wholeheartedly . ’ 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The anger of the LORD burned against Israel, and He made them wander in the wilderness forty years, until the whole generation who had done evil in His sight was gone.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אַ֤ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַ֤ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ap̄
                
                
                     The anger 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        639 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nostril, nose, face <BR> 2) anger 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ap̄
         The anger 
    
 
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיִּֽחַר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּֽחַר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yi·ḥar-
                
                
                     burned 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2734 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be hot, furious, burn, become angry, be kindled <BR> 1a) (Qal) to burn, kindle (anger) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be angry with, be incensed <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to burn, kindle <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to heat oneself in vexation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yi·ḥar-
         burned 
    
 
        
            בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     against Israel , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yiś·rā·’êl
         against Israel , 
    
 
        
            וַיְנִעֵם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְנִעֵם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ni·‘êm
                
                
                     and He made them wander 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5128 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to quiver, totter, shake, reel, stagger, wander, move, sift, make move, wave, waver, tremble <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to wave, quiver, vibrate, swing, stagger, tremble, be unstable <BR> 1a2) to totter, go tottering <BR> 1a2a) vagabond (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be tossed about or around <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to toss about <BR> 1c2) to shake, cause to totter <BR> 1c3) to shake, disturb <BR> 1c4) to cause to wander 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ni·‘êm
         and He made them wander 
    
 
        
            בַּמִּדְבָּ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּמִּדְבָּ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bam·miḏ·bār
                
                
                     in the wilderness 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4057 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wilderness <BR> 1a) pasture <BR> 1b) uninhabited land, wilderness<BR> 1c) large tracts of wilderness (around cities) <BR> 1d) wilderness (fig.) <BR> 2) mouth <BR> 2a) mouth (as organ of speech) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bam·miḏ·bār
         in the wilderness 
    
 
        
            אַרְבָּעִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְבָּעִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·bā·‘îm
                
                
                     forty 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) forty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·bā·‘îm
         forty 
    
 
        
            שָׁנָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁנָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·nāh
                
                
                     years , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8141 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) year <BR> 1a) as division of time <BR> 1b) as measure of time <BR> 1c) as indication of age <BR> 1d) a lifetime (of years of life) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·nāh
         years , 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     until 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         until 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     the whole 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         the whole 
    
 
        
            הַדּ֔וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדּ֔וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    had·dō·wr
                
                
                     generation 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1755 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) period, generation, habitation, dwelling <BR> 1a) period, age, generation (period of time) <BR> 1b) generation (those living during a period) <BR> 1c) generation (characterised by quality, condition, class of men) <BR> 1d) dwelling-place, habitation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        had·dō·wr
         generation 
    
 
        
            הָעֹשֶׂ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעֹשֶׂ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ō·śeh
                
                
                     who had done 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ō·śeh
         who had done 
    
 
        
            הָרַ֖ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרַ֖ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·ra‘
                
                
                     evil 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7451 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) bad, evil <BR> 1a) bad, disagreeable, malignant <BR> 1b) bad, unpleasant, evil (giving pain, unhappiness, misery) <BR> 1c) evil, displeasing <BR> 1d) bad (of its kind-land, water, etc) <BR> 1e) bad (of value) <BR> 1f) worse than, worst (comparison) <BR> 1g) sad, unhappy <BR> 1h) evil (hurtful) <BR> 1i) bad, unkind (vicious in disposition) <BR> 1j) bad, evil, wicked (ethically) <BR> 1j1) in general, of persons, of thoughts <BR> 1j2) deeds, actions <BR> n m <BR> 2) evil, distress, misery, injury, calamity <BR> 2a) evil, distress, adversity <BR> 2b) evil, injury, wrong <BR> 2c) evil (ethical) <BR> n f <BR> 3) evil, misery, distress, injury <BR> 3a) evil, misery, distress <BR> 3b) evil, injury, wrong <BR> 3c) evil (ethical) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·ra‘
         evil 
    
 
        
            יְהוָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     in [His] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         in [His] 
    
 
        
            בְּעֵינֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעֵינֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘ê·nê
                
                
                     sight 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - cdc 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5869 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eye <BR> 1a) eye <BR> 1a1) of physical eye <BR> 1a2) as showing mental qualities <BR> 1a3) of mental and spiritual faculties (fig.) <BR> 2) spring, fountain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘ê·nê
         sight 
    
 
        
            תֹּם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֹּם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tōm
                
                
                     was gone . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8552 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be complete, be finished, be at an end <BR> 1a) (Qal)<BR> 1a1) to be finished, be completed <BR> 1a1a) completely, wholly, entirely (as auxiliary with verb) <BR> 1a2) to be finished, come to an end, cease <BR> 1a3) to be complete (of number) <BR> 1a4) to be consumed, be exhausted, be spent <BR> 1a5) to be finished, be consumed, be destroyed <BR> 1a6) to be complete, be sound, be unimpaired, be upright (ethically) <BR> 1a7) to complete, finish <BR> 1a8) to be completely crossed over <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be consumed <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to finish, complete, perfect <BR> 1c2) to finish, cease doing, leave off doing <BR> 1c3) to complete, sum up, make whole <BR> 1c4) to destroy (uncleanness) <BR> 1c5) to make sound <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to deal in integrity, act uprightly 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tōm
         was gone . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Now behold, you, a brood of sinners, have risen up in place of your fathers to further stoke the burning anger of the LORD against Israel.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהִנֵּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִנֵּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hin·nêh
                
                
                     Now behold , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hin·nêh
         Now behold , 
    
 
        
            תַּרְבּ֖וּת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּרְבּ֖וּת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tar·būṯ
                
                
                     you, a brood 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) increase, brood, progeny, offspring 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tar·būṯ
         you, a brood 
    
 
        
            אֲנָשִׁ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָשִׁ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nā·šîm
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        582 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, mortal man, person, mankind <BR> 1a) of an individual <BR> 1b) men (collective) <BR> 1c) man, mankind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nā·šîm
         
    
 
        
            חַטָּאִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַטָּאִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥaṭ·ṭā·’îm
                
                
                     of sinners , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2400 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) sinners <BR> adj <BR> 2) sinful <BR> 3) exposed to condemnation, reckoned as offenders 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥaṭ·ṭā·’îm
         of sinners , 
    
 
        
            קַמְתֶּ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַמְתֶּ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qam·tem
                
                
                     have risen up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6965 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rise, arise, stand, rise up, stand up <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to arise <BR> 1a2) to arise (hostile sense) <BR> 1a3) to arise, become powerful <BR> 1a4) to arise, come on the scene <BR> 1a5) to stand <BR> 1a5a) to maintain oneself <BR> 1a5b) to be established, be confirmed <BR> 1a5c) to stand, endure <BR> 1a5d) to be fixed <BR> 1a5e) to be valid <BR> 1a5f) to be proven <BR> 1a5g) to be fulfilled <BR> 1a5h) to persist <BR> 1a5i) to be set, be fixed <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to fulfil <BR> 1b2) to confirm, ratify, establish, impose <BR> 1c) (Polel) to raise up <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to raise oneself, rise up <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause to arise, raise <BR> 1e2) to raise, set up, erect, build <BR> 1e3) to raise up, bring on the scene <BR> 1e4) to raise up, rouse, stir up, investigate <BR> 1e5) to raise up, constitute <BR> 1e6) to cause to stand, set, station, establish <BR> 1e7) to make binding <BR> 1e8) to carry out, give effect to <BR> 1f) (Hophal) to be raised up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qam·tem
         have risen up 
    
 
        
            תַּ֚חַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּ֚חַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     in place 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the under part, beneath, instead of, as, for, for the sake of, flat, unto, where, whereas n m <BR> 1a) the under part adv accus <BR> 1b) beneath prep <BR> 1c) under, beneath <BR> 1c1) at the foot of (idiom) <BR> 1c2) sweetness, subjection, woman, being burdened or oppressed (fig) <BR> 1c3) of subjection or conquest <BR> 1d) what is under one, the place in which one stands <BR> 1d1) in one's place, the place in which one stands (idiom with reflexive pronoun) <BR> 1d2) in place of, instead of (in transferred sense) <BR> 1d3) in place of, in exchange or return for (of things mutually interchanged) <BR> conj <BR> 1e) instead of, instead of that <BR> 1f) in return for that, because that in compounds <BR> 1g) in, under, into the place of (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) from under, from beneath, from under the hand of, from his place, under, beneath 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·ḥaṯ
         in place 
    
 
        
            אֲבֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲבֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇō·ṯê·ḵem
                
                
                     of your fathers 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) father of an individual <BR> 2) of God as father of his people <BR> 3) head or founder of a household, group, family, or clan <BR> 4) ancestor <BR> 4a) grandfather, forefathers -- of person <BR> 4b) of people <BR> 5) originator or patron of a class, profession, or art <BR> 6) of producer, generator (fig.) <BR> 7) of benevolence and protection (fig.) <BR> 8) term of respect and honour <BR> 9) ruler or chief (spec.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇō·ṯê·ḵem
         of your fathers 
    
 
        
            ע֗וֹד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ע֗וֹד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·wḏ
                
                
                     to further 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5750 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) a going round, continuance <BR> adv <BR> 2) still, yet, again, besides <BR> 2a) still, yet (of continuance or persistence) <BR> 2b) still, yet, more (of addition or repetition) <BR> 2c) again <BR> 2d) still, moreover, besides 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·wḏ
         to further 
    
 
        
            לִסְפּ֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִסְפּ֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lis·pō·wṯ
                
                
                     stoke 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5595 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to sweep or snatch away, catch up, destroy, consume <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be snatched away <BR> 1a2) to sweep or snatch away <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be swept away, be destroyed <BR> 1b2) to be caught up, be captured <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to catch up, gather 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lis·pō·wṯ
         stoke 
    
 
        
            עַ֛ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֛ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al
         . . . 
    
 
        
            חֲר֥וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲר֥וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·rō·wn
                
                
                     the burning 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2740 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) anger, heat, burning (of anger) <BR> 1a) always used of God's anger 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·rō·wn
         the burning 
    
 
        
            אַף־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַף־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ap̄-
                
                
                     anger 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        639 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nostril, nose, face <BR> 2) anger 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ap̄-
         anger 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     against 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         against 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     Israel . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         Israel . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            For if you turn away from following Him, He will once again leave this people in the wilderness, and you will be the cause of their destruction.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כִּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     For if 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         For if 
    
 
        
            תְשׁוּבֻן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְשׁוּבֻן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯə·šū·ḇun
                
                
                     you turn away 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural | Paragogic nun 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to return, turn back <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn back, return <BR> 1a1a) to turn back <BR> 1a1b) to return, come or go back <BR> 1a1c) to return unto, go back, come back <BR> 1a1d) of dying <BR> 1a1e) of human relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f) of spiritual relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f1) to turn back (from God), apostatise <BR> 1a1f2) to turn away (of God) <BR> 1a1f3) to turn back (to God), repent <BR> 1a1f4) turn back (from evil) <BR> 1a1g) of inanimate things <BR> 1a1h) in repetition <BR> 1b) (Polel) <BR> 1b1) to bring back <BR> 1b2) to restore, refresh, repair (fig) <BR> 1b3) to lead away (enticingly) <BR> 1b4) to show turning, apostatise <BR> 1c) (Pual) restored (participle) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to cause to return, bring back <BR> 1d1) to bring back, allow to return, put back, draw back, give back, restore, relinquish, give in payment <BR> 1d2) to bring back, refresh, restore <BR> 1d3) to bring back, report to, answer <BR> 1d4) to bring back, make requital, pay (as recompense) <BR> 1d5) to turn back or backward, repel, defeat, repulse, hinder, reject, refuse <BR> 1d6) to turn away (face), turn toward <BR> 1d7) to turn against <BR> 1d8) to bring back to mind <BR> 1d9) to show a turning away 1d10) to reverse, revoke <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be returned, be restored, be brought back <BR> 1f) (Pulal) brought back 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯə·šū·ḇun
         you turn away 
    
 
        
            מֵֽאַחֲרָ֔יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵֽאַחֲרָ֔יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’a·ḥă·rāw
                
                
                     from following Him , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) after the following part, behind (of place), hinder, afterwards (of time)<BR> 1a) as an adverb <BR> 1a1) behind (of place) <BR> 1a2) afterwards (of time) <BR> 1b) as a preposition <BR> 1b1) behind, after (of place) <BR> 1b2) after (of time) <BR> 1b3) besides <BR> 1c) as a conjunction <BR> 1c) after that <BR> 1d) as a substantive <BR> 1d1) hinder part <BR> 1e) with other prepositions <BR> 1e1) from behind <BR> 1e2) from following after 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’a·ḥă·rāw
         from following Him , 
    
 
        
            וְיָסַ֣ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָסַ֣ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·sap̄
                
                
                     He will once again 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3254 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to add, increase, do again <BR> 1a) (Qal) to add, increase, do again <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to join, join oneself to <BR> 1b2) to be joined, be added to <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to add, increase <BR> 1c2) to do more, do again 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·sap̄
         He will once again 
    
 
        
            ע֔וֹד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ע֔וֹד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·wḏ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5750 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) a going round, continuance <BR> adv <BR> 2) still, yet, again, besides <BR> 2a) still, yet (of continuance or persistence) <BR> 2b) still, yet, more (of addition or repetition) <BR> 2c) again <BR> 2d) still, moreover, besides 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·wḏ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְהַנִּיח֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַנִּיח֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·han·nî·ḥōw
                
                
                     leave 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rest <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to rest, settle down and remain <BR> 1a2) to repose, have rest, be quiet <BR> 1b) (Hiph) <BR> 1b1) to cause to rest, give rest to, make quiet <BR> 1b2) to cause to rest, cause to alight, set down <BR> 1b3) to lay or set down, deposit, let lie, place <BR> 1b4) to let remain, leave <BR> 1b5) to leave, depart from <BR> 1b6) to abandon <BR> 1b7) to permit <BR> 1c) (Hoph) <BR> 1c1) to obtain rest, be granted rest <BR> 1c2) to be left, be placed <BR> 1c3) open space (subst) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·han·nî·ḥōw
         leave 
    
 
        
            הַזֶּֽה׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַזֶּֽה׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haz·zeh
                
                
                     this 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haz·zeh
         this 
    
 
        
            הָעָ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעָ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ām
                
                
                     people 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ām
         people 
    
 
        
            בַּמִּדְבָּ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּמִּדְבָּ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bam·miḏ·bār
                
                
                     in the wilderness , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4057 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wilderness <BR> 1a) pasture <BR> 1b) uninhabited land, wilderness<BR> 1c) large tracts of wilderness (around cities) <BR> 1d) wilderness (fig.) <BR> 2) mouth <BR> 2a) mouth (as organ of speech) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bam·miḏ·bār
         in the wilderness , 
    
 
        
            וְשִֽׁחַתֶּ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשִֽׁחַתֶּ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ši·ḥat·tem
                
                
                     and you will be the cause of their destruction 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7843 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to destroy, corrupt, go to ruin, decay<BR> 1a) (Niphal) to be marred, be spoiled, be corrupted, be corrupt, be injured, be ruined, be rotted <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to spoil, ruin <BR> 1b2) to pervert, corrupt, deal corruptly (morally) <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to spoil, ruin, destroy <BR> 1c2) to pervert, corrupt (morally) <BR> 1c3) destroyer (participle) <BR> 1d) (Hophal) spoiled, ruined (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ši·ḥat·tem
         and you will be the cause of their destruction 
    
 
        
            לְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵāl
                
                
                     . . . . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵāl
         . . . . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the Gadites and Reubenites approached Moses and said, “We want to build sheepfolds here for our livestock and cities for our little ones.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיִּגְּשׁ֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּגְּשׁ֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yig·gə·šū
                
                
                     Then [the Gadites and Reubenites] approached 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5066 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to draw near, approach <BR> 1a) (Qal) to draw or come near <BR> 1a1) of humans <BR> 1a1a) of sexual intercourse <BR> 1a2) of inanimate subject <BR> 1a2a) to approach one another <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to draw near <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to cause to approach, bring near, bring <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be brought near <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to draw near 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yig·gə·šū
         Then [the Gadites and Reubenites] approached 
    
 
        
            אֵלָיו֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלָיו֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lāw
                
                
                     [Moses] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lāw
         [Moses] 
    
 
        
            וַ֣יֹּאמְר֔וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַ֣יֹּאמְר֔וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mə·rū
                
                
                     and said , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mə·rū
         and said , 
    
 
        
            נִבְנֶ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִבְנֶ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    niḇ·neh
                
                
                     “ We want to build 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1129 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to build, rebuild, establish, cause to continue <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to build, rebuild <BR> 1a2) to build a house (ie, establish a family) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be built <BR> 1b2) to be rebuilt <BR> 1b3) established (of restored exiles) (fig.) <BR> 1b4) established (made permanent) <BR> 1b5) to be built up (of childless wife becoming the mother of a family through the children of a concubine) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        niḇ·neh
         “ We want to build 
    
 
        
            גִּדְרֹ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גִּדְרֹ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    giḏ·rōṯ
                
                
                     sheepfolds 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1448 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wall, hedge <BR> 2) sheepfold (construct with 'sheep') 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        giḏ·rōṯ
         sheepfolds 
    
 
        
            צֹ֛אן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צֹ֛אן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣōn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6629 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) small cattle, sheep, sheep and goats, flock, flocks <BR> 1a) small cattle (usually of sheep and goats) <BR> 1b) of multitude (simile) <BR> 1c) of multitude (metaphor) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣōn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            פֹּ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פֹּ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pōh
                
                
                     here 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6311 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) here, from here, hither <BR> 1a) here <BR> 1b) hither 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pōh
         here 
    
 
        
            לְמִקְנֵ֖נוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִקְנֵ֖נוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·miq·nê·nū
                
                
                     for our livestock 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4735 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cattle, livestock <BR> 1a) cattle, livestock <BR> 1a1) in general of a purchasable domestic animal<BR> 1b) cows, sheep, goats (in herds and flocks) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·miq·nê·nū
         for our livestock 
    
 
        
            וְעָרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     and cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·rîm
         and cities 
    
 
        
            לְטַפֵּֽנוּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְטַפֵּֽנוּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ṭap·pê·nū
                
                
                     for our little ones . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2945 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) children, little children, little ones 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ṭap·pê·nū
         for our little ones . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But we will arm ourselves and be ready to go ahead of the Israelites until we have brought them into their place. Meanwhile, our little ones will remain in the fortified cities for protection from the inhabitants of the land.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַאֲנַ֜חְנוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲנַ֜חְנוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·naḥ·nū
                
                
                     But we 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        587 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) we (first pers. pl. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·naḥ·nū
         But we 
    
 
        
            נֵחָלֵ֣ץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֵחָלֵ֣ץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nê·ḥā·lêṣ
                
                
                     will arm ourselves 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperfect - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2502 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to remove, draw out, draw off, take off, withdraw, equip (for war), arm for war, rescue, be rescued <BR> 1a) (Qal) equipped (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be equipped <BR> 1b2) to go equipped <BR> 1b3) to be armed <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make strong, brace up <BR> 1c2) to invigorate <BR> 2) to draw off or out, withdraw <BR> 2a) (Qal) <BR> 2a1) to draw, draw off <BR> 2a2) to withdraw <BR> 2b) (Niphal) <BR> 2b1) to be delivered <BR> 2b2) to be saved <BR> 2c) (Piel) <BR> 2c1) to pull out, tear out <BR> 2c2) to rescue, deliver, set free <BR> 2c3) to take away, plunder 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nê·ḥā·lêṣ
         will arm ourselves 
    
 
        
            חֻשִׁ֗ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֻשִׁ֗ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥu·šîm
                
                
                     and be ready 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2363 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to haste, make haste, hurry <BR> 1a) (Qal) to make haste <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to show haste, act quickly, hasten, come quickly <BR> 1b2) to enjoy, be excited 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥu·šîm
         and be ready 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     to go ahead of 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         to go ahead of 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עַ֛ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֛ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     until 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         until 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            אִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’im-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        518 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) if <BR> 1a) conditional clauses <BR> 1a1) of possible situations <BR> 1a2) of impossible situations <BR> 1b) oath contexts <BR> 1b1) no, not <BR> 1c) if...if, whether...or, whether...or...or <BR> 1d) when, whenever <BR> 1e) since <BR> 1f) interrogative particle <BR> 1g) but rather 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’im-
         - 
    
 
        
            הֲבִֽיאֹנֻ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲבִֽיאֹנֻ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·ḇî·’ō·num
                
                
                     we have brought them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - first person common plural | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·ḇî·’ō·num
         we have brought them 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     into 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         into 
    
 
        
            מְקוֹמָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְקוֹמָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·qō·w·mām
                
                
                     their place . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) standing place, place <BR> 1a) standing place, station, post, office <BR> 1b) place, place of human abode <BR> 1c) city, land, region <BR> 1d) place, locality, spot <BR> 1e) space, room, distance <BR> 1f) region, quarter, direction <BR> 1g) give place to, instead of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·qō·w·mām
         their place . 
    
 
        
            טַפֵּ֙נוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טַפֵּ֙נוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭap·pê·nū
                
                
                     Meanwhile, our little ones 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2945 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) children, little children, little ones 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭap·pê·nū
         Meanwhile, our little ones 
    
 
        
            וְיָשַׁ֤ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָשַׁ֤ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·šaḇ
                
                
                     will remain 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·šaḇ
         will remain 
    
 
        
            הַמִּבְצָ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּבְצָ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miḇ·ṣār
                
                
                     in the fortified 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4013 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fortification, fortress, fortified city, stronghold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miḇ·ṣār
         in the fortified 
    
 
        
            בְּעָרֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעָרֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘ā·rê
                
                
                     cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘ā·rê
         cities 
    
 
        
            מִפְּנֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִפְּנֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mip·pə·nê
                
                
                     for protection from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mip·pə·nê
         for protection from 
    
 
        
            יֹשְׁבֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֹשְׁבֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·šə·ḇê
                
                
                     the inhabitants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·šə·ḇê
         the inhabitants 
    
 
        
            הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     of the land . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         of the land . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            We will not return to our homes until every Israelite has taken possession of his inheritance.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לֹ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     We will not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         We will not 
    
 
        
            נָשׁ֖וּב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָשׁ֖וּב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·šūḇ
                
                
                     return 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to return, turn back <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn back, return <BR> 1a1a) to turn back <BR> 1a1b) to return, come or go back <BR> 1a1c) to return unto, go back, come back <BR> 1a1d) of dying <BR> 1a1e) of human relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f) of spiritual relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f1) to turn back (from God), apostatise <BR> 1a1f2) to turn away (of God) <BR> 1a1f3) to turn back (to God), repent <BR> 1a1f4) turn back (from evil) <BR> 1a1g) of inanimate things <BR> 1a1h) in repetition <BR> 1b) (Polel) <BR> 1b1) to bring back <BR> 1b2) to restore, refresh, repair (fig) <BR> 1b3) to lead away (enticingly) <BR> 1b4) to show turning, apostatise <BR> 1c) (Pual) restored (participle) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to cause to return, bring back <BR> 1d1) to bring back, allow to return, put back, draw back, give back, restore, relinquish, give in payment <BR> 1d2) to bring back, refresh, restore <BR> 1d3) to bring back, report to, answer <BR> 1d4) to bring back, make requital, pay (as recompense) <BR> 1d5) to turn back or backward, repel, defeat, repulse, hinder, reject, refuse <BR> 1d6) to turn away (face), turn toward <BR> 1d7) to turn against <BR> 1d8) to bring back to mind <BR> 1d9) to show a turning away 1d10) to reverse, revoke <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be returned, be restored, be brought back <BR> 1f) (Pulal) brought back 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·šūḇ
         return 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            בָּתֵּ֑ינוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּתֵּ֑ינוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bāt·tê·nū
                
                
                     our homes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        nm <BR> 1) house <BR> 1a) house, dwelling habitation <BR> 1b) shelter or abode of animals <BR> 1c) human bodies (fig.) <BR> 1d) of Sheol <BR> 1e) of abode of light and darkness <BR> 1f) of land of Ephraim <BR> 2) place <BR> 3) receptacle <BR> 4) home, house as containing a family <BR> 5) household, family <BR> 5a) those belonging to the same household <BR> 5b) family of descendants, descendants as organized body <BR> 6) household affairs <BR> 7) inwards (metaph.) <BR> 8) (TWOT) temple <BR> adv <BR> 9) on the inside <BR> prep <BR> 10) within 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bāt·tê·nū
         our homes 
    
 
        
            עַ֗ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֗ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     until 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         until 
    
 
        
            אִ֖ישׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִ֖ישׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’îš
                
                
                     every 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man <BR> 1a) man, male (in contrast to woman, female) <BR> 1b) husband <BR> 1c) human being, person (in contrast to God) <BR> 1d) servant <BR> 1e) mankind <BR> 1f) champion <BR> 1g) great man <BR> 2) whosoever <BR> 3) each (adjective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’îš
         every 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     Israelite 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         Israelite 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הִתְנַחֵל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִתְנַחֵל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiṯ·na·ḥêl
                
                
                     has taken possession of 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5157 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to get as a possession, acquire, inherit, possess <BR> 1a) (Qal)<BR> 1a1) to take possession, inherit <BR> 1a2) to have or get as a possession or property (fig.) <BR> 1a3) to divide the land for a possession <BR> 1a4) to acquire (testimonies) (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) to divide for a possession <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to possess oneself of <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to give as a possession <BR> 1d2) to cause to inherit, give as an inheritance <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be allotted, be made to possess 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiṯ·na·ḥêl
         has taken possession of 
    
 
        
            נַחֲלָתֽוֹ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַחֲלָתֽוֹ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·ḥă·lā·ṯōw
                
                
                     his inheritance . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5159 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) possession, property, inheritance, heritage <BR> 1a) property <BR> 1b) portion, share<BR> 1c) inheritance, portion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·ḥă·lā·ṯōw
         his inheritance . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Yet we will not have an inheritance with them across the Jordan and beyond, because our inheritance has come to us on the east side of the Jordan.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     Yet 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         Yet 
    
 
        
            לֹ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     we will not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         we will not 
    
 
        
            נִנְחַל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִנְחַל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nin·ḥal
                
                
                     have an inheritance 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5157 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to get as a possession, acquire, inherit, possess <BR> 1a) (Qal)<BR> 1a1) to take possession, inherit <BR> 1a2) to have or get as a possession or property (fig.) <BR> 1a3) to divide the land for a possession <BR> 1a4) to acquire (testimonies) (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) to divide for a possession <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to possess oneself of <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to give as a possession <BR> 1d2) to cause to inherit, give as an inheritance <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be allotted, be made to possess 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nin·ḥal
         have an inheritance 
    
 
        
            אִתָּ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִתָּ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’it·tām
                
                
                     with them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’it·tām
         with them 
    
 
        
            מֵעֵ֥בֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵעֵ֥בֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·‘ê·ḇer
                
                
                     across 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5676 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) region beyond or across, side <BR> 1a) region across or beyond <BR> 1b) side, opposite side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·‘ê·ḇer
         across 
    
 
        
            לַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lay·yar·dên
                
                
                     the Jordan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lay·yar·dên
         the Jordan 
    
 
        
            וָהָ֑לְאָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָהָ֑לְאָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·hā·lə·’āh
                
                
                     and beyond , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1973 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) out there, onwards, further <BR> 1a) yonder, beyond (of place) <BR> 1b) onwards (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·hā·lə·’āh
         and beyond , 
    
 
        
            כִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         because 
    
 
        
            בָ֤אָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָ֤אָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·’āh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·’āh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            נַחֲלָתֵ֙נוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַחֲלָתֵ֙נוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·ḥă·lā·ṯê·nū
                
                
                     our inheritance 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5159 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) possession, property, inheritance, heritage <BR> 1a) property <BR> 1b) portion, share<BR> 1c) inheritance, portion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·ḥă·lā·ṯê·nū
         our inheritance 
    
 
        
            אֵלֵ֔ינוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלֵ֔ינוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lê·nū
                
                
                     has come to us 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lê·nū
         has come to us 
    
 
        
            מִזְרָֽחָה׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִזְרָֽחָה׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miz·rā·ḥāh
                
                
                     on the east 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4217 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) place of sunrise, east <BR> 1a) sunrise, east (with 'sun') <BR> 1b) the east (without 'sun') <BR> 1b1) to or toward the place of sunrise <BR> 1b2) to the east, eastward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miz·rā·ḥāh
         on the east 
    
 
        
            מֵעֵ֥בֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵעֵ֥בֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·‘ê·ḇer
                
                
                     side 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5676 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) region beyond or across, side <BR> 1a) region across or beyond <BR> 1b) side, opposite side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·‘ê·ḇer
         side 
    
 
        
            הַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yar·dên
                
                
                     of the Jordan . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yar·dên
         of the Jordan . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Moses replied, “If you will do this—if you will arm yourselves before the LORD for battle,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מֹשֶׁ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     replied 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         replied 
    
 
        
            אֲלֵיהֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲלֵיהֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·lê·hem
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·lê·hem
         - , 
    
 
        
            אִֽם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִֽם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’im-
                
                
                     “ If 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        518 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) if <BR> 1a) conditional clauses <BR> 1a1) of possible situations <BR> 1a2) of impossible situations <BR> 1b) oath contexts <BR> 1b1) no, not <BR> 1c) if...if, whether...or, whether...or...or <BR> 1d) when, whenever <BR> 1e) since <BR> 1f) interrogative particle <BR> 1g) but rather 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’im-
         “ If 
    
 
        
            תַּעֲשׂ֖וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעֲשׂ֖וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘ă·śūn
                
                
                     you will do 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural | Paragogic nun 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘ă·śūn
         you will do 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַדָּבָ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדָּבָ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    had·dā·ḇār
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1697 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) speech, word, speaking, thing <BR> 1a) speech <BR> 1b) saying, utterance <BR> 1c) word, words <BR> 1d) business, occupation, acts, matter, case, something, manner (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        had·dā·ḇār
         - 
    
 
        
            הַזֶּ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַזֶּ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haz·zeh
                
                
                     this — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haz·zeh
         this — 
    
 
        
            אִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’im-
                
                
                     if 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        518 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) if <BR> 1a) conditional clauses <BR> 1a1) of possible situations <BR> 1a2) of impossible situations <BR> 1b) oath contexts <BR> 1b1) no, not <BR> 1c) if...if, whether...or, whether...or...or <BR> 1d) when, whenever <BR> 1e) since <BR> 1f) interrogative particle <BR> 1g) but rather 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’im-
         if 
    
 
        
            תֵּחָֽלְצ֛וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֵּחָֽלְצ֛וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tê·ḥā·lə·ṣū
                
                
                     you will arm yourselves 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2502 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to remove, draw out, draw off, take off, withdraw, equip (for war), arm for war, rescue, be rescued <BR> 1a) (Qal) equipped (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be equipped <BR> 1b2) to go equipped <BR> 1b3) to be armed <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make strong, brace up <BR> 1c2) to invigorate <BR> 2) to draw off or out, withdraw <BR> 2a) (Qal) <BR> 2a1) to draw, draw off <BR> 2a2) to withdraw <BR> 2b) (Niphal) <BR> 2b1) to be delivered <BR> 2b2) to be saved <BR> 2c) (Piel) <BR> 2c1) to pull out, tear out <BR> 2c2) to rescue, deliver, set free <BR> 2c3) to take away, plunder 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tê·ḥā·lə·ṣū
         you will arm yourselves 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            לַמִּלְחָמָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַמִּלְחָמָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lam·mil·ḥā·māh
                
                
                     for battle , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4421 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) battle, war 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lam·mil·ḥā·māh
         for battle , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and if every one of your armed men crosses the Jordan before the LORD, until He has driven His enemies out before Him,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     and if every one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         and if every one 
    
 
        
            חָל֛וּץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָל֛וּץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·lūṣ
                
                
                     of your armed men 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2502 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to remove, draw out, draw off, take off, withdraw, equip (for war), arm for war, rescue, be rescued <BR> 1a) (Qal) equipped (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be equipped <BR> 1b2) to go equipped <BR> 1b3) to be armed <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make strong, brace up <BR> 1c2) to invigorate <BR> 2) to draw off or out, withdraw <BR> 2a) (Qal) <BR> 2a1) to draw, draw off <BR> 2a2) to withdraw <BR> 2b) (Niphal) <BR> 2b1) to be delivered <BR> 2b2) to be saved <BR> 2c) (Piel) <BR> 2c1) to pull out, tear out <BR> 2c2) to rescue, deliver, set free <BR> 2c3) to take away, plunder 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·lūṣ
         of your armed men 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וְעָבַ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָבַ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·ḇar
                
                
                     crosses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·ḇar
         crosses 
    
 
        
            לָכֶ֧ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָכֶ֧ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḵem
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḵem
         
    
 
        
            הַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yar·dên
                
                
                     the Jordan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yar·dên
         the Jordan 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD , 
    
 
        
            עַ֧ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֧ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     until 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         until 
    
 
        
            הוֹרִישׁ֛וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הוֹרִישׁ֛וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hō·w·rî·šōw
                
                
                     He has driven 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to seize, dispossess, take possession off, inherit, disinherit, occupy, impoverish, be an heir <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take possession of <BR> 1a2) to inherit <BR> 1a3) to impoverish, come to poverty, be poor <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be dispossessed, be impoverished, come to poverty <BR> 1c) (Piel) to devour <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to possess or inherit <BR> 1d2) to cause others to possess or inherit <BR> 1d3) to impoverish <BR> 1d4) to dispossess <BR> 1d5) to destroy, bring to ruin, disinherit 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hō·w·rî·šōw
         He has driven 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אֹיְבָ֖יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹיְבָ֖יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·yə·ḇāw
                
                
                     His enemies 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        341 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) enemy <BR> 1a) personal <BR> 1b) national 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·yə·ḇāw
         His enemies 
    
 
        
            מִפָּנָֽיו׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִפָּנָֽיו׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mip·pā·nāw
                
                
                     out before Him , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - common plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mip·pā·nāw
         out before Him , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            then when the land is subdued before the LORD, you may return and be free of obligation to the LORD and to Israel. And this land will belong to you as a possession before the LORD.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הָאָ֜רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֜רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     then when the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         then when the land 
    
 
        
            וְנִכְבְּשָׁ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנִכְבְּשָׁ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·niḵ·bə·šāh
                
                
                     is subdued 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3533 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to subject, subdue, force, keep under, bring into bondage <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to bring into bondage, make subservient <BR> 1a2) to subdue, force, violate <BR> 1a3) to subdue, dominate, tread down <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be subdued <BR> 1c) (Piel) to subdue <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to bring into bondage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·niḵ·bə·šāh
         is subdued 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD , 
    
 
        
            וְאַחַ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַחַ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’a·ḥar
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) after the following part, behind (of place), hinder, afterwards (of time)<BR> 1a) as an adverb <BR> 1a1) behind (of place) <BR> 1a2) afterwards (of time) <BR> 1b) as a preposition <BR> 1b1) behind, after (of place) <BR> 1b2) after (of time) <BR> 1b3) besides <BR> 1c) as a conjunction <BR> 1c) after that <BR> 1d) as a substantive <BR> 1d1) hinder part <BR> 1e) with other prepositions <BR> 1e1) from behind <BR> 1e2) from following after 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’a·ḥar
         - 
    
 
        
            תָּשֻׁ֔בוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תָּשֻׁ֔בוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tā·šu·ḇū
                
                
                     you may return 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to return, turn back <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn back, return <BR> 1a1a) to turn back <BR> 1a1b) to return, come or go back <BR> 1a1c) to return unto, go back, come back <BR> 1a1d) of dying <BR> 1a1e) of human relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f) of spiritual relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f1) to turn back (from God), apostatise <BR> 1a1f2) to turn away (of God) <BR> 1a1f3) to turn back (to God), repent <BR> 1a1f4) turn back (from evil) <BR> 1a1g) of inanimate things <BR> 1a1h) in repetition <BR> 1b) (Polel) <BR> 1b1) to bring back <BR> 1b2) to restore, refresh, repair (fig) <BR> 1b3) to lead away (enticingly) <BR> 1b4) to show turning, apostatise <BR> 1c) (Pual) restored (participle) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to cause to return, bring back <BR> 1d1) to bring back, allow to return, put back, draw back, give back, restore, relinquish, give in payment <BR> 1d2) to bring back, refresh, restore <BR> 1d3) to bring back, report to, answer <BR> 1d4) to bring back, make requital, pay (as recompense) <BR> 1d5) to turn back or backward, repel, defeat, repulse, hinder, reject, refuse <BR> 1d6) to turn away (face), turn toward <BR> 1d7) to turn against <BR> 1d8) to bring back to mind <BR> 1d9) to show a turning away 1d10) to reverse, revoke <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be returned, be restored, be brought back <BR> 1f) (Pulal) brought back 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tā·šu·ḇū
         you may return 
    
 
        
            וִהְיִיתֶ֧ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וִהְיִיתֶ֧ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wih·yî·ṯem
                
                
                     and be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wih·yî·ṯem
         and be 
    
 
        
            נְקִיִּ֛ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְקִיִּ֛ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·qî·yîm
                
                
                     free 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5355 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clean, free from, exempt, clear, innocent <BR> 1a) free from guilt, clean, innocent <BR> 1b) free from punishment <BR> 1c) free or exempt from obligations <BR> 2) innocent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·qî·yîm
         free 
    
 
        
            מֵיְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵיְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of obligation to the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of obligation to the LORD 
    
 
        
            וּמִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mî·yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     and to Israel . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mî·yiś·rā·’êl
         and to Israel . 
    
 
        
            הַזֹּ֥את 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַזֹּ֥את 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haz·zōṯ
                
                
                     And this 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haz·zōṯ
         And this 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֨רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֨רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         land 
    
 
        
            וְ֠הָיְתָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְ֠הָיְתָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yə·ṯāh
                
                
                     will belong 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yə·ṯāh
         will belong 
    
 
        
            לָכֶ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָכֶ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḵem
                
                
                     to you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḵem
         to you 
    
 
        
            לַאֲחֻזָּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַאֲחֻזָּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·’ă·ḥuz·zāh
                
                
                     as a possession 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        272 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) possession, property <BR> 1a) land <BR> 1b) possession by inheritance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·’ă·ḥuz·zāh
         as a possession 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            יְהוָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But if you do not do this, you will certainly sin against the LORD—and be assured that your sin will find you out.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’im-
                
                
                     But if 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        518 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) if <BR> 1a) conditional clauses <BR> 1a1) of possible situations <BR> 1a2) of impossible situations <BR> 1b) oath contexts <BR> 1b1) no, not <BR> 1c) if...if, whether...or, whether...or...or <BR> 1d) when, whenever <BR> 1e) since <BR> 1f) interrogative particle <BR> 1g) but rather 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’im-
         But if 
    
 
        
            לֹ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     you do not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         you do not 
    
 
        
            תַעֲשׂוּן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַעֲשׂוּן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯa·‘ă·śūn
                
                
                     do 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural | Paragogic nun 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯa·‘ă·śūn
         do 
    
 
        
            כֵּ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֵּ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kên
                
                
                     this , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) so, therefore, thus <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) just so <BR> 1c) therefore <BR> 1d) so...as (paired with adv) <BR> 1e) then <BR> 1f) forasmuch as (in phrase) <BR> 1g) (with prep) <BR> 1g1) therefore, this being so (specific) <BR> 1g2) hitherto <BR> 1g3) therefore, on this ground (general) <BR> 1g4) afterwards <BR> 1g5) in such case <BR> adj <BR> 2) right, just, honest, true, veritable <BR> 2a) right, just, honest <BR> 2b) correct <BR> 2c) true, veritable <BR> 2d) true!, right!, correct! (in assent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kên
         this , 
    
 
        
            הִנֵּ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִנֵּ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nêh
                
                
                     you will certainly 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nêh
         you will certainly 
    
 
        
            חֲטָאתֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲטָאתֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·ṭā·ṯem
                
                
                     sin 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2398 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to sin, miss, miss the way, go wrong, incur guilt, forfeit, purify from uncleanness <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to miss <BR> 1a2) to sin, miss the goal or path of right and duty <BR> 1a3) to incur guilt, incur penalty by sin, forfeit <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to bear loss <BR> 1b2) to make a sin-offering <BR> 1b3) to purify from sin <BR> 1b4) to purify from uncleanness <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to miss the mark <BR> 1c2) to induce to sin, cause to sin <BR> 1c3) to bring into guilt or condemnation or punishment <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to miss oneself, lose oneself, wander from the way <BR> 1d2) to purify oneself from uncleanness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·ṭā·ṯem
         sin 
    
 
        
            לַיהוָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַיהוָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     against the LORD — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         against the LORD — 
    
 
        
            וּדְעוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּדְעוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḏə·‘ū
                
                
                     and be assured that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḏə·‘ū
         and be assured that 
    
 
        
            חַטַּאתְכֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַטַּאתְכֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥaṭ·ṭaṯ·ḵem
                
                
                     your sin 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2403 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sin, sinful<BR> 2) sin, sin offering <BR> 2a) sin <BR> 2b) condition of sin, guilt of sin <BR> 2c) punishment for sin <BR> 2d) sin-offering <BR> 2e) purification from sins of ceremonial uncleanness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥaṭ·ṭaṯ·ḵem
         your sin 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            תִּמְצָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּמְצָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tim·ṣā
                
                
                     will find you out . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4672 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to find, attain to <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to find <BR> 1a1a) to find, secure, acquire, get (thing sought) <BR> 1a1b) to find (what is lost) <BR> 1a1c) to meet, encounter <BR> 1a1d) to find (a condition) <BR> 1a1e) to learn, devise <BR> 1a2) to find out <BR> 1a2a) to find out <BR> 1a2b) to detect <BR> 1a2c) to guess <BR> 1a3) to come upon, light upon <BR> 1a3a) to happen upon, meet, fall in with <BR> 1a3b) to hit <BR> 1a3c) to befall <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be found <BR> 1b1a) to be encountered, be lighted upon, be discovered <BR> 1b1b) to appear, be recognised <BR> 1b1c) to be discovered, be detected <BR> 1b1d) to be gained, be secured <BR> 1b2) to be, be found <BR> 1b2a) to be found in <BR> 1b2b) to be in the possession of <BR> 1b2c) to be found in (a place), happen to be <BR> 1b2d) to be left (after war) <BR> 1b2e) to be present <BR> 1b2f) to prove to be <BR> 1b2g) to be found sufficient, be enough <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to find, attain <BR> 1c2) to cause to light upon, come upon, come <BR> 1c3) to cause to encounter <BR> 1c4) to present (offering) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tim·ṣā
         will find you out . 
    
 
        
            אֶתְכֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶתְכֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ·ḵem
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ·ḵem
         - 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Build cities for your little ones and folds for your flocks, but do what you have promised.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְּנֽוּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֽוּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nū-
                
                
                     Build 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1129 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to build, rebuild, establish, cause to continue <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to build, rebuild <BR> 1a2) to build a house (ie, establish a family) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be built <BR> 1b2) to be rebuilt <BR> 1b3) established (of restored exiles) (fig.) <BR> 1b4) established (made permanent) <BR> 1b5) to be built up (of childless wife becoming the mother of a family through the children of a concubine) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nū-
         Build 
    
 
        
            עָרִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rîm
         cities 
    
 
        
            לָכֶ֤ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָכֶ֤ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḵem
                
                
                     for your 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḵem
         for your 
    
 
        
            לְטַפְּכֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְטַפְּכֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ṭap·pə·ḵem
                
                
                     little ones 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2945 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) children, little children, little ones 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ṭap·pə·ḵem
         little ones 
    
 
        
            וּגְדֵרֹ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּגְדֵרֹ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḡə·ḏê·rōṯ
                
                
                     and folds 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1448 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wall, hedge <BR> 2) sheepfold (construct with 'sheep') 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḡə·ḏê·rōṯ
         and folds 
    
 
        
            לְצֹנַאֲכֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְצֹנַאֲכֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ṣō·na·’ă·ḵem
                
                
                     for your flocks , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6792 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flock, sheep 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ṣō·na·’ă·ḵem
         for your flocks , 
    
 
        
            תַּעֲשֽׂוּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעֲשֽׂוּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘ă·śū
                
                
                     but do 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘ă·śū
         but do 
    
 
        
            וְהַיֹּצֵ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַיֹּצֵ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hay·yō·ṣê
                
                
                     what you have promised 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go out, come out, exit, go forth <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come out or forth, depart <BR> 1a2) to go forth (to a place) <BR> 1a3) to go forward, proceed to (to or toward something) <BR> 1a4) to come or go forth (with purpose or for result) <BR> 1a5) to come out of <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to go or come out, bring out, lead out <BR> 1b2) to bring out of <BR> 1b3) to lead out <BR> 1b4) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought out or forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hay·yō·ṣê
         what you have promised 
    
 
        
            מִפִּיכֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִפִּיכֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mip·pî·ḵem
                
                
                     . . . . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        peh<BR> 1) mouth <BR> 1a) mouth (of man)<BR> 1b) mouth (as organ of speech) <BR> 1c) mouth (of animals) <BR> 1d) mouth, opening, orifice (of a well, river, etc) <BR> 1e) extremity, end pim <BR> 2) a weight equal to one third of a shekel, occurs only in 1Sa 13:21 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mip·pî·ḵem
         . . . . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The Gadites and Reubenites said to Moses, “Your servants will do just as our lord commands.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּבְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·nê
                
                
                     and Reubenites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·nê
         and Reubenites 
    
 
        
            רְאוּבֵ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְאוּבֵ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·’ū·ḇên
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7205 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Reuben = |behold a son|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Reuben<BR> 3) the territory inhabited by the tribe of Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·’ū·ḇên
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses , 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עֲבָדֶ֣יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲבָדֶ֣יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ḇā·ḏe·ḵā
                
                
                     “ Your servants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5650 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) slave, servant <BR> 1a) slave, servant, man-servant <BR> 1b) subjects <BR> 1c) servants, worshippers (of God) <BR> 1d) servant (in special sense as prophets, Levites etc) <BR> 1e) servant (of Israel) <BR> 1f) servant (as form of address between equals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ḇā·ḏe·ḵā
         “ Your servants 
    
 
        
            יַעֲשׂ֔וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַעֲשׂ֔וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ya·‘ă·śū
                
                
                     will do 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ya·‘ă·śū
         will do 
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer
                
                
                     just as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer
         just as 
    
 
        
            אֲדֹנִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדֹנִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏō·nî
                
                
                     our lord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        113 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) firm, strong, lord, master <BR> 1a) lord, master <BR> 1a1) reference to men <BR> 1a1a) superintendent of household, of affairs <BR> 1a1b) master <BR> 1a1c) king <BR> 1a2) reference to God <BR> 1a2a) the Lord God <BR> 1a2b) Lord of the whole earth <BR> 1b) lords, kings <BR> 1b1) reference to men <BR> 1b1a) proprietor of hill of Samaria <BR> 1b1b) master <BR> 1b1c) husband <BR> 1b1d) prophet <BR> 1b1e) governor <BR> 1b1f) prince <BR> 1b1g) king <BR> 1b2) reference to God <BR> 1b2a) Lord of lords (probably = |thy husband, Yahweh|) <BR> 1c) my lord, my master <BR> 1c1) reference to men <BR> 1c1a) master <BR> 1c1b) husband <BR> 1c1c) prophet <BR> 1c1d) prince <BR> 1c1e) king <BR> 1c1f) father <BR> 1c1g) Moses <BR> 1c1h) priest <BR> 1c1i) theophanic angel <BR> 1c1j) captain <BR> 1c1k) general recognition of superiority <BR> 1c2) reference to God <BR> 1c2a) my Lord, my Lord and my God <BR> 1c2b) Adonai (parallel with Yahweh) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏō·nî
         our lord 
    
 
        
            מְצַוֶּֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְצַוֶּֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ṣaw·weh
                
                
                     commands . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ṣaw·weh
         commands . 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê-
                
                
                     The Gadites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê-
         The Gadites 
    
 
        
            גָד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡāḏ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1410 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gad = |troop|<BR> 1) seventh son of Jacob by Zilpah, Leah's handmaid, and full brother of Asher. <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Gad <BR> 3) a prophet during the time of David; appears to have joined David when in the hold; reappears in connection with the punishment for taking a census; also assisted in the arrangements for the musical service of the |house of God| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡāḏ
         . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Our children, our wives, our livestock, and all our animals will remain here in the cities of Gilead.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            טַפֵּ֣נוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טַפֵּ֣נוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭap·pê·nū
                
                
                     Our children , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2945 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) children, little children, little ones 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭap·pê·nū
         Our children , 
    
 
        
            נָשֵׁ֔ינוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָשֵׁ֔ינוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·šê·nū
                
                
                     our wives , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        802 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) woman, wife, female <BR> 1a) woman (opposite of man) <BR> 1b) wife (woman married to a man)<BR> 1c) female (of animals) <BR> 1d) each, every (pronoun) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·šê·nū
         our wives , 
    
 
        
            מִקְנֵ֖נוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקְנֵ֖נוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·nê·nū
                
                
                     our livestock , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4735 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cattle, livestock <BR> 1a) cattle, livestock <BR> 1a1) in general of a purchasable domestic animal<BR> 1b) cows, sheep, goats (in herds and flocks) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·nê·nū
         our livestock , 
    
 
        
            וְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵāl
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵāl
         and all 
    
 
        
            בְּהֶמְתֵּ֑נוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּהֶמְתֵּ֑נוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·hem·tê·nū
                
                
                     our animals 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        929 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, cattle, animal <BR> 1a) beasts (coll of all animals) <BR> 1b) cattle, livestock (of domestic animals)<BR> 1c) wild beasts 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·hem·tê·nū
         our animals 
    
 
        
            יִֽהְיוּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִֽהְיוּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yū-
                
                
                     will remain 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yū-
         will remain 
    
 
        
            שָׁ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šām
                
                
                     here 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8033 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there, thither <BR> 1a) there <BR> 1b) thither (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) from there, thence <BR> 1d) then (as an adverb of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šām
         here 
    
 
        
            בְּעָרֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעָרֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘ā·rê
                
                
                     in the cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘ā·rê
         in the cities 
    
 
        
            הַגִּלְעָֽד׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגִּלְעָֽד׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gil·‘āḏ
                
                
                     of Gilead . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1568 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n pr loc Gilead = |rocky region|<BR> 1) a mountainous region bounded on the west by the Jordan, on the north by Bashan, on the east by the Arabian plateau, and on the south by Moab and Ammon; sometimes called 'Mount Gilead' or the 'land of Gilead' or just 'Gilead'. Divided into north and south Gilead <BR> 2) a city (with prefix 'Jabesh') <BR> 3) the people of the region <BR> n pr m <BR> 4) son of Machir and grandson of Manasseh <BR> 5) father of Jephthah <BR> 6) a Gadite 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gil·‘āḏ
         of Gilead . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But your servants are equipped for war, and every man will cross over to the battle before the LORD, just as our lord says.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַעֲבָדֶ֨יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַעֲבָדֶ֨יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·ḇā·ḏe·ḵā
                
                
                     But your servants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5650 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) slave, servant <BR> 1a) slave, servant, man-servant <BR> 1b) subjects <BR> 1c) servants, worshippers (of God) <BR> 1d) servant (in special sense as prophets, Levites etc) <BR> 1e) servant (of Israel) <BR> 1f) servant (as form of address between equals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·ḇā·ḏe·ḵā
         But your servants 
    
 
        
            חֲל֥וּץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲל֥וּץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·lūṣ
                
                
                     are equipped 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2502 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to remove, draw out, draw off, take off, withdraw, equip (for war), arm for war, rescue, be rescued <BR> 1a) (Qal) equipped (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be equipped <BR> 1b2) to go equipped <BR> 1b3) to be armed <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make strong, brace up <BR> 1c2) to invigorate <BR> 2) to draw off or out, withdraw <BR> 2a) (Qal) <BR> 2a1) to draw, draw off <BR> 2a2) to withdraw <BR> 2b) (Niphal) <BR> 2b1) to be delivered <BR> 2b2) to be saved <BR> 2c) (Piel) <BR> 2c1) to pull out, tear out <BR> 2c2) to rescue, deliver, set free <BR> 2c3) to take away, plunder 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·lūṣ
         are equipped 
    
 
        
            צָבָ֛א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צָבָ֛א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣā·ḇā
                
                
                     for war , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣā·ḇā
         for war , 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     and every man 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         and every man 
    
 
        
            יַֽעַבְר֜וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַֽעַבְר֜וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ya·‘aḇ·rū
                
                
                     will cross over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ya·‘aḇ·rū
         will cross over 
    
 
        
            לַמִּלְחָמָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַמִּלְחָמָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lam·mil·ḥā·māh
                
                
                     to the battle 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4421 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) battle, war 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lam·mil·ḥā·māh
         to the battle 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD , 
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer
                
                
                     just as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer
         just as 
    
 
        
            אֲדֹנִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדֹנִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏō·nî
                
                
                     our lord 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        113 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) firm, strong, lord, master <BR> 1a) lord, master <BR> 1a1) reference to men <BR> 1a1a) superintendent of household, of affairs <BR> 1a1b) master <BR> 1a1c) king <BR> 1a2) reference to God <BR> 1a2a) the Lord God <BR> 1a2b) Lord of the whole earth <BR> 1b) lords, kings <BR> 1b1) reference to men <BR> 1b1a) proprietor of hill of Samaria <BR> 1b1b) master <BR> 1b1c) husband <BR> 1b1d) prophet <BR> 1b1e) governor <BR> 1b1f) prince <BR> 1b1g) king <BR> 1b2) reference to God <BR> 1b2a) Lord of lords (probably = |thy husband, Yahweh|) <BR> 1c) my lord, my master <BR> 1c1) reference to men <BR> 1c1a) master <BR> 1c1b) husband <BR> 1c1c) prophet <BR> 1c1d) prince <BR> 1c1e) king <BR> 1c1f) father <BR> 1c1g) Moses <BR> 1c1h) priest <BR> 1c1i) theophanic angel <BR> 1c1j) captain <BR> 1c1k) general recognition of superiority <BR> 1c2) reference to God <BR> 1c2a) my Lord, my Lord and my God <BR> 1c2b) Adonai (parallel with Yahweh) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏō·nî
         our lord 
    
 
        
            דֹּבֵֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דֹּבֵֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dō·ḇêr
                
                
                     says . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dō·ḇêr
         says . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So Moses gave orders about them to Eleazar the priest, to Joshua son of Nun, and to the family leaders of the tribes of Israel.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מֹשֶׁ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     So Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         So Moses 
    
 
        
            וַיְצַ֤ו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְצַ֤ו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ṣaw
                
                
                     gave orders 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ṣaw
         gave orders 
    
 
        
            לָהֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     about them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         about them 
    
 
        
            אֵ֚ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֚ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            אֶלְעָזָ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶלְעָזָ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el·‘ā·zār
                
                
                     to Eleazar 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        499 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Eleazar = |God has helped|<BR> 1) the high priest son of Aaron <BR> 2) Abinadab's son who cared for the ark <BR> 3) the priest who rebuilt and dedicated the restored walls of Jerusalem in time of Ezra <BR> 4) one of David's mighty warriors <BR> 5) a Levite <BR> 6) one of the line of Parosh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el·‘ā·zār
         to Eleazar 
    
 
        
            הַכֹּהֵ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֹּהֵ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kō·hên
                
                
                     the priest , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest, principal officer or chief ruler <BR> 1a) priest-king (Melchizedek, Messiah) <BR> 1b) pagan priests <BR> 1c) priests of Jehovah <BR> 1d) Levitical priests <BR> 1e) Zadokite priests <BR> 1f) Aaronic priests <BR> 1g) the high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kō·hên
         the priest , 
    
 
        
            וְאֵ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            יְהוֹשֻׁ֣עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוֹשֻׁ֣עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
                
                
                     to Joshua 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joshua or Jehoshua = |Jehovah is salvation| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Nun of the tribe of Ephraim and successor to Moses as the leader of the children of Israel; led the conquest of Canaan <BR> 2) a resident of Beth-shemesh on whose land the Ark of the Covenant came to a stop after the Philistines returned it <BR> 3) son of Jehozadak and high priest after the restoration <BR> 4) governor of Jerusalem under king Josiah who gave his name to a gate of the city of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
         to Joshua 
    
 
        
            בִּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bin-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bin-
         son 
    
 
        
            נ֑וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נ֑וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nūn
                
                
                     of Nun , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5126 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nun = |fish| or |posterity|<BR> 1) father of Joshua the successor of Moses 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nūn
         of Nun , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אֲב֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲב֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇō·wṯ
                
                
                     and to the family 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) father of an individual <BR> 2) of God as father of his people <BR> 3) head or founder of a household, group, family, or clan <BR> 4) ancestor <BR> 4a) grandfather, forefathers -- of person <BR> 4b) of people <BR> 5) originator or patron of a class, profession, or art <BR> 6) of producer, generator (fig.) <BR> 7) of benevolence and protection (fig.) <BR> 8) term of respect and honour <BR> 9) ruler or chief (spec.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇō·wṯ
         and to the family 
    
 
        
            רָאשֵׁ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָאשֵׁ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·šê
                
                
                     leaders 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7218 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) head, top, summit, upper part, chief, total, sum, height, front, beginning <BR> 1a) head (of man, animals) <BR> 1b) top, tip (of mountain) <BR> 1c) height (of stars) <BR> 1d) chief, head (of man, city, nation, place, family, priest) <BR> 1e) head, front, beginning <BR> 1f) chief, choicest, best <BR> 1g) head, division, company, band <BR> 1h) sum 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·šê
         leaders 
    
 
        
            הַמַּטּ֖וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמַּטּ֖וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·maṭ·ṭō·wṯ
                
                
                     of the tribes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·maṭ·ṭō·wṯ
         of the tribes 
    
 
        
            לִבְנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·nê
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·nê
         vvv 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And Moses said to them, “If the Gadites and Reubenites cross the Jordan with you, with every man armed for battle before the LORD, and the land is subdued before you, then you are to give them the land of Gilead as a possession.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מֹשֶׁ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     And Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         And Moses 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֨אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֨אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said 
    
 
        
            אֲלֵהֶ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲלֵהֶ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·lê·hem
                
                
                     to them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·lê·hem
         to them , 
    
 
        
            אִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’im-
                
                
                     “ If 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        518 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) if <BR> 1a) conditional clauses <BR> 1a1) of possible situations <BR> 1a2) of impossible situations <BR> 1b) oath contexts <BR> 1b1) no, not <BR> 1c) if...if, whether...or, whether...or...or <BR> 1d) when, whenever <BR> 1e) since <BR> 1f) interrogative particle <BR> 1g) but rather 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’im-
         “ If 
    
 
        
            בְנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     the Gadites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         the Gadites 
    
 
        
            גָ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡāḏ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1410 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gad = |troop|<BR> 1) seventh son of Jacob by Zilpah, Leah's handmaid, and full brother of Asher. <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Gad <BR> 3) a prophet during the time of David; appears to have joined David when in the hold; reappears in connection with the punishment for taking a census; also assisted in the arrangements for the musical service of the |house of God| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡāḏ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וּבְנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     and Reubenites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·nê-
         and Reubenites 
    
 
        
            רְאוּבֵ֣ן׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְאוּבֵ֣ן׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·’ū·ḇên
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7205 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Reuben = |behold a son|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Reuben<BR> 3) the territory inhabited by the tribe of Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·’ū·ḇên
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יַעַבְר֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַעַבְר֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ya·‘aḇ·rū
                
                
                     cross 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ya·‘aḇ·rū
         cross 
    
 
        
            הַיַּרְדֵּ֞ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּרְדֵּ֞ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yar·dên
                
                
                     the Jordan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yar·dên
         the Jordan 
    
 
        
            אִ֠תְּכֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִ֠תְּכֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’it·tə·ḵem
                
                
                     with you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’it·tə·ḵem
         with you 
    
 
        
            אֶֽת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶֽת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - , 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     with every 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         with every 
    
 
        
            חָל֤וּץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָל֤וּץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·lūṣ
                
                
                     man armed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2502 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to remove, draw out, draw off, take off, withdraw, equip (for war), arm for war, rescue, be rescued <BR> 1a) (Qal) equipped (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be equipped <BR> 1b2) to go equipped <BR> 1b3) to be armed <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make strong, brace up <BR> 1c2) to invigorate <BR> 2) to draw off or out, withdraw <BR> 2a) (Qal) <BR> 2a1) to draw, draw off <BR> 2a2) to withdraw <BR> 2b) (Niphal) <BR> 2b1) to be delivered <BR> 2b2) to be saved <BR> 2c) (Piel) <BR> 2c1) to pull out, tear out <BR> 2c2) to rescue, deliver, set free <BR> 2c3) to take away, plunder 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·lūṣ
         man armed 
    
 
        
            לַמִּלְחָמָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַמִּלְחָמָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lam·mil·ḥā·māh
                
                
                     for battle 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4421 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) battle, war 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lam·mil·ḥā·māh
         for battle 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD , 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֖רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֖רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     and the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         and the land 
    
 
        
            וְנִכְבְּשָׁ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנִכְבְּשָׁ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·niḵ·bə·šāh
                
                
                     is subdued 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3533 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to subject, subdue, force, keep under, bring into bondage <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to bring into bondage, make subservient <BR> 1a2) to subdue, force, violate <BR> 1a3) to subdue, dominate, tread down <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be subdued <BR> 1c) (Piel) to subdue <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to bring into bondage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·niḵ·bə·šāh
         is subdued 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵיכֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵיכֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê·ḵem
                
                
                     before you , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê·ḵem
         before you , 
    
 
        
            וּנְתַתֶּ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּנְתַתֶּ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·nə·ṯat·tem
                
                
                     then you are to give 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·nə·ṯat·tem
         then you are to give 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         them 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אֶ֥רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֥רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·reṣ
                
                
                     the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·reṣ
         the land 
    
 
        
            הַגִּלְעָ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגִּלְעָ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gil·‘āḏ
                
                
                     of Gilead 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1568 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n pr loc Gilead = |rocky region|<BR> 1) a mountainous region bounded on the west by the Jordan, on the north by Bashan, on the east by the Arabian plateau, and on the south by Moab and Ammon; sometimes called 'Mount Gilead' or the 'land of Gilead' or just 'Gilead'. Divided into north and south Gilead <BR> 2) a city (with prefix 'Jabesh') <BR> 3) the people of the region <BR> n pr m <BR> 4) son of Machir and grandson of Manasseh <BR> 5) father of Jephthah <BR> 6) a Gadite 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gil·‘āḏ
         of Gilead 
    
 
        
            לַאֲחֻזָּֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַאֲחֻזָּֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·’ă·ḥuz·zāh
                
                
                     as a possession . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        272 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) possession, property <BR> 1a) land <BR> 1b) possession by inheritance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·’ă·ḥuz·zāh
         as a possession . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But if they do not arm themselves and go across with you, then they must accept their possession among you in the land of Canaan.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’im-
                
                
                     But if 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        518 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) if <BR> 1a) conditional clauses <BR> 1a1) of possible situations <BR> 1a2) of impossible situations <BR> 1b) oath contexts <BR> 1b1) no, not <BR> 1c) if...if, whether...or, whether...or...or <BR> 1d) when, whenever <BR> 1e) since <BR> 1f) interrogative particle <BR> 1g) but rather 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’im-
         But if 
    
 
        
            לֹ֧א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֧א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     they do not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         they do not 
    
 
        
            חֲלוּצִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲלוּצִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·lū·ṣîm
                
                
                     arm themselves 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2502 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to remove, draw out, draw off, take off, withdraw, equip (for war), arm for war, rescue, be rescued <BR> 1a) (Qal) equipped (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be equipped <BR> 1b2) to go equipped <BR> 1b3) to be armed <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make strong, brace up <BR> 1c2) to invigorate <BR> 2) to draw off or out, withdraw <BR> 2a) (Qal) <BR> 2a1) to draw, draw off <BR> 2a2) to withdraw <BR> 2b) (Niphal) <BR> 2b1) to be delivered <BR> 2b2) to be saved <BR> 2c) (Piel) <BR> 2c1) to pull out, tear out <BR> 2c2) to rescue, deliver, set free <BR> 2c3) to take away, plunder 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·lū·ṣîm
         arm themselves 
    
 
        
            יַֽעַבְר֛וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַֽעַבְר֛וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ya·‘aḇ·rū
                
                
                     [and] go across 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ya·‘aḇ·rū
         [and] go across 
    
 
        
            אִתְּכֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִתְּכֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’it·tə·ḵem
                
                
                     with you , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’it·tə·ḵem
         with you , 
    
 
        
            וְנֹֽאחֲז֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנֹֽאחֲז֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nō·ḥă·zū
                
                
                     then they must accept their possession 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        270 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) grasp, take hold, seize, take possession <BR> 1a) (Qal) to grasp, take hold of <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be caught, grasped, be settled <BR> 1c) (Piel) to enclose, overlay <BR> 1d) (Hophal) fastened 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nō·ḥă·zū
         then they must accept their possession 
    
 
        
            בְתֹכְכֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְתֹכְכֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·ṯō·ḵə·ḵɛm
                
                
                     among you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·ṯō·ḵə·ḵɛm
         among you 
    
 
        
            בְּאֶ֥רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּאֶ֥רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·’e·reṣ
                
                
                     in the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·’e·reṣ
         in the land 
    
 
        
            כְּנָֽעַן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּנָֽעַן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·nā·‘an
                
                
                     of Canaan . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3667 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Canaan = |lowland| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the 4th son of Ham and the progenitor of the Phoenicians and of the various nations who peopled the seacoast of Palestine <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) the land west of the Jordan peopled by the descendants of Canaan and subsequently conquered by the Israelites under Joshua <BR> n m <BR> 3) merchant, trader 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·nā·‘an
         of Canaan . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The Gadites and Reubenites replied, “As the LORD has spoken to your servants, so we will do.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     The Gadites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         The Gadites 
    
 
        
            גָ֛ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָ֛ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡāḏ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1410 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gad = |troop|<BR> 1) seventh son of Jacob by Zilpah, Leah's handmaid, and full brother of Asher. <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Gad <BR> 3) a prophet during the time of David; appears to have joined David when in the hold; reappears in connection with the punishment for taking a census; also assisted in the arrangements for the musical service of the |house of God| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡāḏ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וּבְנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·nê
                
                
                     and Reubenites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·nê
         and Reubenites 
    
 
        
            רְאוּבֵ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְאוּבֵ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·’ū·ḇên
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7205 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Reuben = |behold a son|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Reuben<BR> 3) the territory inhabited by the tribe of Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·’ū·ḇên
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֵת֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵת֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיַּֽעֲנ֧וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּֽעֲנ֧וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘ă·nū
                
                
                     replied , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6030 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond, testify, speak, shout <BR> 1a) (Qal)<BR> 1a1) to answer, respond to <BR> 1a2) to testify, respond as a witness <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to make answer <BR> 1b2) to be answered, receive answer <BR> 2) (Qal) to sing, utter tunefully <BR> 3) (Qal) to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘ă·nū
         replied , 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     “ As 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         “ As 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            דִּבֶּ֧ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּבֶּ֧ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dib·ber
                
                
                     has spoken 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dib·ber
         has spoken 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            עֲבָדֶ֖יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲבָדֶ֖יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ḇā·ḏe·ḵā
                
                
                     your servants , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5650 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) slave, servant <BR> 1a) slave, servant, man-servant <BR> 1b) subjects <BR> 1c) servants, worshippers (of God) <BR> 1d) servant (in special sense as prophets, Levites etc) <BR> 1e) servant (of Israel) <BR> 1f) servant (as form of address between equals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ḇā·ḏe·ḵā
         your servants , 
    
 
        
            כֵּ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֵּ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kên
                
                
                     so 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) so, therefore, thus <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) just so <BR> 1c) therefore <BR> 1d) so...as (paired with adv) <BR> 1e) then <BR> 1f) forasmuch as (in phrase) <BR> 1g) (with prep) <BR> 1g1) therefore, this being so (specific) <BR> 1g2) hitherto <BR> 1g3) therefore, on this ground (general) <BR> 1g4) afterwards <BR> 1g5) in such case <BR> adj <BR> 2) right, just, honest, true, veritable <BR> 2a) right, just, honest <BR> 2b) correct <BR> 2c) true, veritable <BR> 2d) true!, right!, correct! (in assent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kên
         so 
    
 
        
            נַעֲשֶֽׂה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַעֲשֶֽׂה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·‘ă·śeh
                
                
                     we will do . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·‘ă·śeh
         we will do . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            We will cross over into the land of Canaan armed before the LORD, that we may have our inheritance on this side of the Jordan.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            נַ֣חְנוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַ֣חְנוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    naḥ·nū
                
                
                     We 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5168 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) we 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        naḥ·nū
         We 
    
 
        
            נַעֲבֹ֧ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַעֲבֹ֧ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·‘ă·ḇōr
                
                
                     will cross over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·‘ă·ḇōr
         will cross over 
    
 
        
            אֶ֣רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֣רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·reṣ
                
                
                     into the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·reṣ
         into the land 
    
 
        
            כְּנָ֑עַן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּנָ֑עַן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·nā·‘an
                
                
                     of Canaan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3667 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Canaan = |lowland| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the 4th son of Ham and the progenitor of the Phoenicians and of the various nations who peopled the seacoast of Palestine <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) the land west of the Jordan peopled by the descendants of Canaan and subsequently conquered by the Israelites under Joshua <BR> n m <BR> 3) merchant, trader 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·nā·‘an
         of Canaan 
    
 
        
            חֲלוּצִ֛ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲלוּצִ֛ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·lū·ṣîm
                
                
                     armed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2502 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to remove, draw out, draw off, take off, withdraw, equip (for war), arm for war, rescue, be rescued <BR> 1a) (Qal) equipped (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be equipped <BR> 1b2) to go equipped <BR> 1b3) to be armed <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make strong, brace up <BR> 1c2) to invigorate <BR> 2) to draw off or out, withdraw <BR> 2a) (Qal) <BR> 2a1) to draw, draw off <BR> 2a2) to withdraw <BR> 2b) (Niphal) <BR> 2b1) to be delivered <BR> 2b2) to be saved <BR> 2c) (Piel) <BR> 2c1) to pull out, tear out <BR> 2c2) to rescue, deliver, set free <BR> 2c3) to take away, plunder 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·lū·ṣîm
         armed 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD , 
    
 
        
            וְאִתָּ֙נוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאִתָּ֙נוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’it·tā·nū
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’it·tā·nū
         that 
    
 
        
            נַחֲלָתֵ֔נוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַחֲלָתֵ֔נוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·ḥă·lā·ṯê·nū
                
                
                     we may have our inheritance 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5159 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) possession, property, inheritance, heritage <BR> 1a) property <BR> 1b) portion, share<BR> 1c) inheritance, portion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·ḥă·lā·ṯê·nū
         we may have our inheritance 
    
 
        
            אֲחֻזַּ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲחֻזַּ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḥuz·zaṯ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        272 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) possession, property <BR> 1a) land <BR> 1b) possession by inheritance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḥuz·zaṯ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מֵעֵ֖בֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵעֵ֖בֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·‘ê·ḇer
                
                
                     on this side 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5676 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) region beyond or across, side <BR> 1a) region across or beyond <BR> 1b) side, opposite side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·‘ê·ḇer
         on this side 
    
 
        
            לַיַּרְדֵּֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַיַּרְדֵּֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lay·yar·dên
                
                
                     of the Jordan . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lay·yar·dên
         of the Jordan . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So Moses gave to the Gadites, to the Reubenites, and to the half-tribe of Manasseh son of Joseph the kingdom of Sihon king of the Amorites and the kingdom of Og king of Bashan—the land including its cities and the territory surrounding them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מֹשֶׁ֡ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֡ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     So Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         So Moses 
    
 
        
            וַיִּתֵּ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּתֵּ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yit·tên
                
                
                     gave 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yit·tên
         gave 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֣ם׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֣ם׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         to 
    
 
        
            לִבְנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·nê-
                
                
                     the Gadites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·nê-
         the Gadites 
    
 
        
            גָד֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָד֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡāḏ
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1410 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gad = |troop|<BR> 1) seventh son of Jacob by Zilpah, Leah's handmaid, and full brother of Asher. <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Gad <BR> 3) a prophet during the time of David; appears to have joined David when in the hold; reappears in connection with the punishment for taking a census; also assisted in the arrangements for the musical service of the |house of God| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡāḏ
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            וְלִבְנֵ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִבְנֵ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liḇ·nê
                
                
                     to the Reubenites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liḇ·nê
         to the Reubenites 
    
 
        
            רְאוּבֵ֜ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְאוּבֵ֜ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·’ū·ḇên
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7205 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Reuben = |behold a son|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Reuben<BR> 3) the territory inhabited by the tribe of Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·’ū·ḇên
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            וְלַחֲצִ֣י׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלַחֲצִ֣י׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·la·ḥă·ṣî
                
                
                     and to the half-tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half <BR> 1a) half <BR> 1b) middle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·la·ḥă·ṣî
         and to the half-tribe 
    
 
        
            שֵׁ֣בֶט׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֵׁ֣בֶט׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šê·ḇeṭ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7626 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rod, staff, branch, offshoot, club, sceptre, tribe <BR> 1a) rod, staff <BR> 1b) shaft (of spear, dart) <BR> 1c) club (of shepherd's implement) <BR> 1d) truncheon, sceptre (mark of authority) <BR> 1e) clan, tribe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šê·ḇeṭ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh 
    
 
        
            בֶן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇen-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇen-
         son 
    
 
        
            יוֹסֵ֗ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יוֹסֵ֗ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·w·sêp̄
                
                
                     of Joseph 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3130 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joseph = |Jehovah has added|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Jacob by Rachel <BR> 2) father of Igal, who represented the tribe of Issachar among the spies <BR> 3) a son of Asaph <BR> 4) a man who took a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 5) a priest of the family of Shebaniah in the time of Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·w·sêp̄
         of Joseph 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מַמְלֶ֙כֶת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַמְלֶ֙כֶת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mam·le·ḵeṯ
                
                
                     the kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4467 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kingdom, dominion, reign, sovereignty <BR> 1a) kingdom, realm <BR> 1b) sovereignty, dominion <BR> 1c) reign 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mam·le·ḵeṯ
         the kingdom 
    
 
        
            סִיחֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סִיחֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sî·ḥōn
                
                
                     of Sihon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5511 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Sihon = |warrior|<BR> 1) king of the Amorites at the time of the conquest and defeated by Moses in Transjordan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sî·ḥōn
         of Sihon 
    
 
        
            מֶ֣לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶ֣לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ
                
                
                     king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ
         king 
    
 
        
            הָֽאֱמֹרִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָֽאֱמֹרִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ĕ·mō·rî
                
                
                     of the Amorites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        567 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Amorite = |a sayer|<BR> 1) one of the peoples of east Canaan and beyond the Jordan, dispossessed by the Israelite incursion from Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ĕ·mō·rî
         of the Amorites 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מַמְלֶ֔כֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַמְלֶ֔כֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mam·le·ḵeṯ
                
                
                     and the kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4467 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kingdom, dominion, reign, sovereignty <BR> 1a) kingdom, realm <BR> 1b) sovereignty, dominion <BR> 1c) reign 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mam·le·ḵeṯ
         and the kingdom 
    
 
        
            ע֖וֹג 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ע֖וֹג 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·wḡ
                
                
                     of Og 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5747 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Og = |long-necked|<BR> 1) the Amorite king of Bashan and one of the last representatives of the giants of Rephaim 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·wḡ
         of Og 
    
 
        
            מֶ֣לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶ֣לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ
                
                
                     king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ
         king 
    
 
        
            הַבָּשָׁ֑ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַבָּשָׁ֑ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hab·bā·šān
                
                
                     of Bashan — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1316 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Bashan = |fruitful|<BR> 1) a district east of the Jordan known for its fertility which was given to the half-tribe of Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hab·bā·šān
         of Bashan — 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֗רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֗רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the land 
    
 
        
            לְעָרֶ֙יהָ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעָרֶ֙יהָ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘ā·re·hā
                
                
                     including its cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘ā·re·hā
         including its cities 
    
 
        
            בִּגְבֻלֹ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּגְבֻלֹ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biḡ·ḇu·lōṯ
                
                
                     and the territory 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1367 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, boundary 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biḡ·ḇu·lōṯ
         and the territory 
    
 
        
            סָבִֽיב׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָבִֽיב׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·ḇîḇ
                
                
                     surrounding 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5439 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) places round about, circuit, round about <BR> adv <BR> 2) in a circuit, a circuit, round about <BR> prep <BR> 3) in the circuit, from every side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·ḇîḇ
         surrounding 
    
 
        
            עָרֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rê
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rê
         them 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֖רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֖רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And the Gadites built up Dibon, Ataroth, Aroer,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     And the Gadites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         And the Gadites 
    
 
        
            גָ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡāḏ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1410 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gad = |troop|<BR> 1) seventh son of Jacob by Zilpah, Leah's handmaid, and full brother of Asher. <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Gad <BR> 3) a prophet during the time of David; appears to have joined David when in the hold; reappears in connection with the punishment for taking a census; also assisted in the arrangements for the musical service of the |house of God| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡāḏ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיִּבְנ֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּבְנ֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiḇ·nū
                
                
                     built up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1129 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to build, rebuild, establish, cause to continue <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to build, rebuild <BR> 1a2) to build a house (ie, establish a family) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be built <BR> 1b2) to be rebuilt <BR> 1b3) established (of restored exiles) (fig.) <BR> 1b4) established (made permanent) <BR> 1b5) to be built up (of childless wife becoming the mother of a family through the children of a concubine) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiḇ·nū
         built up 
    
 
        
            דִּיבֹ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּיבֹ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî·ḇōn
                
                
                     Dibon , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1769 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Dibon = |wasting|<BR> 1) a town in Moab on the east side of the Jordan which was taken over by the Israelites and rebuilt by the children of Gad <BR> 2) a place in south Judah reinhabited by the men of Judah after the return from captivity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî·ḇōn
         Dibon , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            עֲטָרֹ֑ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲטָרֹ֑ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ṭā·rōṯ
                
                
                     Ataroth , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5852 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ataroth = |crowns|<BR> 1) a town east of the Jordan in Gilead, taken and built by the tribe of Gad <BR> 2) a place on the boundary of Ephraim and Manasseh <BR> 3) a place between Ephraim and Benjamin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ṭā·rōṯ
         Ataroth , 
    
 
        
            וְאֵ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            עֲרֹעֵֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲרֹעֵֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·rō·‘êr
                
                
                     Aroer , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6177 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aroer = |ruins|<BR> 1) a city on the north bank of the river Arnon, the southern point of the territory of Sihon the king of the Amorites and later of Reuben; modern 'Arair' <BR> 2) a city in Ammon near the Jabbok belonging to Gad <BR> 3) a town in southern Judah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·rō·‘êr
         Aroer , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Atroth-shophan, Jazer, Jogbehah,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            עַטְרֹ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַטְרֹ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aṭ·rōṯ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                         
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5855 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Atroth-shophan = |crowns of their rapine|<BR> 1) a town in the territory of Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aṭ·rōṯ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            שׁוֹפָ֛ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שׁוֹפָ֛ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šō·w·p̄ān
                
                
                     Atroth-shophan , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5855 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Atroth-shophan = |crowns of their rapine|<BR> 1) a town in the territory of Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šō·w·p̄ān
         Atroth-shophan , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יַעְזֵ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַעְזֵ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ya‘·zêr
                
                
                     Jazer , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3270 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jazer or Jaazer = |helped|<BR> 1) a Levitical city east of the Jordan, in Gilead in the territory of Gad, formerly an Amorite city; site uncertain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ya‘·zêr
         Jazer , 
    
 
        
            וְיָגְבֳּהָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָגְבֳּהָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·ḡə·bo·hāh
                
                
                     Jogbehah , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3011 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jogbehah = |lofty|<BR> 1) one of the cities east of the Jordan which was built and fortified by the tribe of Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·ḡə·bo·hāh
         Jogbehah , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Beth-nimrah, and Beth-haran as fortified cities, and they built folds for their flocks.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֥ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֥ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêṯ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1039 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beth-Nimrah = |house of the leopard|<BR> 1) a place east of the Jordan in Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêṯ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            נִמְרָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִמְרָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nim·rāh
                
                
                     Beth-nimrah , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1039 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beth-Nimrah = |house of the leopard|<BR> 1) a place east of the Jordan in Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nim·rāh
         Beth-nimrah , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֣ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֣ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêṯ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1028 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beth-haran = |house of their mount: house of the joyful shouter|<BR> 1) a place in Gad, possibly |Beth Harran|, one hour east of Jordan, opposite Jericho 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêṯ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            הָרָ֑ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרָ֑ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rān
                
                
                     and Beth-haran 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1028 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beth-haran = |house of their mount: house of the joyful shouter|<BR> 1) a place in Gad, possibly |Beth Harran|, one hour east of Jordan, opposite Jericho 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rān
         and Beth-haran 
    
 
        
            מִבְצָ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִבְצָ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḇ·ṣār
                
                
                     as fortified 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4013 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fortification, fortress, fortified city, stronghold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḇ·ṣār
         as fortified 
    
 
        
            עָרֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rê
                
                
                     cities , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rê
         cities , 
    
 
        
            וְגִדְרֹ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְגִדְרֹ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḡiḏ·rōṯ
                
                
                     and they built folds 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1448 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wall, hedge <BR> 2) sheepfold (construct with 'sheep') 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḡiḏ·rōṯ
         and they built folds 
    
 
        
            צֹֽאן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צֹֽאן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣōn
                
                
                     for their flocks . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6629 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) small cattle, sheep, sheep and goats, flock, flocks <BR> 1a) small cattle (usually of sheep and goats) <BR> 1b) of multitude (simile) <BR> 1c) of multitude (metaphor) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣōn
         for their flocks . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The Reubenites built up Heshbon, Elealeh, Kiriathaim,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּבְנֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְנֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·nê
                
                
                     The Reubenites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·nê
         The Reubenites 
    
 
        
            רְאוּבֵן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְאוּבֵן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·’ū·ḇên
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7205 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Reuben = |behold a son|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Reuben<BR> 3) the territory inhabited by the tribe of Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·’ū·ḇên
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בָּנ֔וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּנ֔וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·nū
                
                
                     built up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1129 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to build, rebuild, establish, cause to continue <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to build, rebuild <BR> 1a2) to build a house (ie, establish a family) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be built <BR> 1b2) to be rebuilt <BR> 1b3) established (of restored exiles) (fig.) <BR> 1b4) established (made permanent) <BR> 1b5) to be built up (of childless wife becoming the mother of a family through the children of a concubine) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·nū
         built up 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            חֶשְׁבּ֖וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶשְׁבּ֖וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥeš·bō·wn
                
                
                     Heshbon , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Heshbon = |stronghold|<BR> 1) the capital city of Sihon, king of the Amorites, located on the western border of the high plain and on the border line between the tribes of Reuben and Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥeš·bō·wn
         Heshbon , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אֶלְעָלֵ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶלְעָלֵ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el·‘ā·lê
                
                
                     Elealeh , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        500 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Elealeh = |God is ascending|<BR> 1) a Reubenite village near Heshbon (in ruins) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el·‘ā·lê
         Elealeh , 
    
 
        
            וְאֵ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            קִרְיָתָֽיִם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קִרְיָתָֽיִם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qir·yā·ṯā·yim
                
                
                     Kiriathaim , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7156 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kiriathaim = |two cities|<BR> 1) a city east of the Jordan in Moab <BR> 2) a town in Naphtali allotted to the Gershonite Levites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qir·yā·ṯā·yim
         Kiriathaim , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            as well as Nebo and Baal-meon (whose names were changed), and Sibmah. And they renamed the cities they rebuilt.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            נְב֞וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְב֞וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇōw
                
                
                     as well as Nebo 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5015 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebo = |prophet| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a Babylonian deity who presided over learning and letters; corresponds to Greek Hermes, Latin Mercury, and Egyptian Thoth <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a city in Moab and at one time assigned to Reuben; probably located on or near Mount Nebo <BR> 3) a city in Judah (maybe Benjamin) from which the families of some exiles, who returned from Babylon with Zerubbabel, originally came <BR> 4) the mountain where Moses died; located east of the Jordan opposite Jericho; site uncertain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇōw
         as well as Nebo 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בַּ֧עַל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּ֧עַל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ba·‘al
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1186 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Baal-meon = |lord of the habitation|<BR> 1) a town in Reuben, mentioned in connection with Nebo, and in the time of Ezekiel, Moabite 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ba·‘al
         vvv 
    
 
        
            מְע֛וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְע֛וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·‘ō·wn
                
                
                     and Baal-meon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1186 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Baal-meon = |lord of the habitation|<BR> 1) a town in Reuben, mentioned in connection with Nebo, and in the time of Ezekiel, Moabite 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·‘ō·wn
         and Baal-meon 
    
 
        
            שֵׁ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֵׁ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šêm
                
                
                     (whose names 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8034 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name <BR> 1a) name <BR> 1b) reputation, fame, glory <BR> 1c) the Name (as designation of God) <BR> 1d) memorial, monument 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šêm
         (whose names 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מֽוּסַבֹּ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֽוּסַבֹּ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mū·sab·bōṯ
                
                
                     were changed ), 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hofal - Participle - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to turn, turn about or around or aside or back or towards, go about or around, surround, encircle, change direction <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn, turn about, be brought round, change <BR> 1a2) to march or walk around, go partly around, circle about, skirt, make a round, make a circuit, go about to, surround, encompass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to turn oneself, close round, turn round <BR> 1b2) to be turned over to <BR> 1c) (Piel) to turn about, change, transform <BR> 1d) (Poel) <BR> 1d1) to encompass, surround <BR> 1d2) to come about, assemble round <BR> 1d3) to march, go about <BR> 1d4) to enclose, envelop <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to turn, cause to turn, turn back, reverse, bring over, turn into, bring round <BR> 1e2) to cause to go around, surround, encompass <BR> 1f) (Hophal) <BR> 1f1) to be turned <BR> 1f2) to be surrounded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mū·sab·bōṯ
         were changed ), 
    
 
        
            שִׂבְמָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׂבְמָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śiḇ·māh
                
                
                     and Sibmah . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7643 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shebam or Shibmah or Sibmah = |fragrance|<BR> 1) one of the towns in the pastoral district on the east of the Jordan in Moab; allotted to the tribes of Reuben and Gad 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śiḇ·māh
         and Sibmah . 
    
 
        
            וַיִּקְרְא֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּקְרְא֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiq·rə·’ū
                
                
                     And they renamed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, call out, recite, read, cry out, proclaim <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to call, cry, utter a loud sound <BR> 1a2) to call unto, cry (for help), call (with name of God) <BR> 1a3) to proclaim <BR> 1a4) to read aloud, read (to oneself), read <BR> 1a5) to summon, invite, call for, call and commission, appoint, call and endow <BR> 1a6) to call, name, give name to, call by <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to call oneself <BR> 1b2) to be called, be proclaimed, be read aloud, be summoned, be named <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be called, be named, be called out, be chosen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiq·rə·’ū
         And they renamed 
    
 
        
            בְשֵׁמֹ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְשֵׁמֹ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·šê·mōṯ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8034 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name <BR> 1a) name <BR> 1b) reputation, fame, glory <BR> 1c) the Name (as designation of God) <BR> 1d) memorial, monument 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·šê·mōṯ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            שְׁמ֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמ֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·mō·wṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8034 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name <BR> 1a) name <BR> 1b) reputation, fame, glory <BR> 1c) the Name (as designation of God) <BR> 1d) memorial, monument 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·mō·wṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            הֶעָרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶעָרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    he·‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     the cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        he·‘ā·rîm
         the cities 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            בָּנֽוּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּנֽוּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·nū
                
                
                     they rebuilt . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1129 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to build, rebuild, establish, cause to continue <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to build, rebuild <BR> 1a2) to build a house (ie, establish a family) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be built <BR> 1b2) to be rebuilt <BR> 1b3) established (of restored exiles) (fig.) <BR> 1b4) established (made permanent) <BR> 1b5) to be built up (of childless wife becoming the mother of a family through the children of a concubine) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·nū
         they rebuilt . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The descendants of Machir son of Manasseh went to Gilead, captured it, and drove out the Amorites who were there.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְּנֵ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     The descendants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         The descendants 
    
 
        
            מָכִ֧יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָכִ֧יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·ḵîr
                
                
                     of Machir 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4353 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Machir = |sold|<BR> 1) eldest son of Manasseh by an Aramite or Syrian concubine and progenitor of a large family <BR> 2) son of Ammiel, a powerful chief of one of the Transjordanic tribes who rendered essential services to Saul and to David 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·ḵîr
         of Machir 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         son 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh 
    
 
        
            וַיֵּ֨לְכ֜וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֵּ֨לְכ֜וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yê·lə·ḵū
                
                
                     went 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yê·lə·ḵū
         went 
    
 
        
            גִּלְעָ֖דָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גִּלְעָ֖דָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gil·‘ā·ḏāh
                
                
                     to Gilead , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1568 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n pr loc Gilead = |rocky region|<BR> 1) a mountainous region bounded on the west by the Jordan, on the north by Bashan, on the east by the Arabian plateau, and on the south by Moab and Ammon; sometimes called 'Mount Gilead' or the 'land of Gilead' or just 'Gilead'. Divided into north and south Gilead <BR> 2) a city (with prefix 'Jabesh') <BR> 3) the people of the region <BR> n pr m <BR> 4) son of Machir and grandson of Manasseh <BR> 5) father of Jephthah <BR> 6) a Gadite 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gil·‘ā·ḏāh
         to Gilead , 
    
 
        
            וַֽיִּלְכְּדֻ֑הָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיִּלְכְּדֻ֑הָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yil·kə·ḏu·hā
                
                
                     captured it , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3920 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to capture, take, seize <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to capture, seize <BR> 1a2) to capture (of men) (fig.)<BR> 1a3) to take (by lot) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be caught (of men in trap, snare) (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to grasp each other 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yil·kə·ḏu·hā
         captured it , 
    
 
        
            וַיּ֖וֹרֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיּ֖וֹרֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·w·reš
                
                
                     and drove out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to seize, dispossess, take possession off, inherit, disinherit, occupy, impoverish, be an heir <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take possession of <BR> 1a2) to inherit <BR> 1a3) to impoverish, come to poverty, be poor <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be dispossessed, be impoverished, come to poverty <BR> 1c) (Piel) to devour <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to possess or inherit <BR> 1d2) to cause others to possess or inherit <BR> 1d3) to impoverish <BR> 1d4) to dispossess <BR> 1d5) to destroy, bring to ruin, disinherit 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·w·reš
         and drove out 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הָאֱמֹרִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֱמֹרִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ĕ·mō·rî
                
                
                     the Amorites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        567 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Amorite = |a sayer|<BR> 1) one of the peoples of east Canaan and beyond the Jordan, dispossessed by the Israelite incursion from Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ĕ·mō·rî
         the Amorites 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     who were 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         who were 
    
 
        
            בָּֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bāh
                
                
                     there . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bāh
         there . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So Moses gave Gilead to the clan of Machir son of Manasseh, and they settled there.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מֹשֶׁה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     So Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         So Moses 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיִּתֵּ֤ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּתֵּ֤ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yit·tên
                
                
                     gave 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yit·tên
         gave 
    
 
        
            הַגִּלְעָ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגִּלְעָ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gil·‘āḏ
                
                
                     Gilead 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1568 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n pr loc Gilead = |rocky region|<BR> 1) a mountainous region bounded on the west by the Jordan, on the north by Bashan, on the east by the Arabian plateau, and on the south by Moab and Ammon; sometimes called 'Mount Gilead' or the 'land of Gilead' or just 'Gilead'. Divided into north and south Gilead <BR> 2) a city (with prefix 'Jabesh') <BR> 3) the people of the region <BR> n pr m <BR> 4) son of Machir and grandson of Manasseh <BR> 5) father of Jephthah <BR> 6) a Gadite 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gil·‘āḏ
         Gilead 
    
 
        
            לְמָכִ֖יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמָכִ֖יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mā·ḵîr
                
                
                     to the clan of Machir 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4353 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Machir = |sold|<BR> 1) eldest son of Manasseh by an Aramite or Syrian concubine and progenitor of a large family <BR> 2) son of Ammiel, a powerful chief of one of the Transjordanic tribes who rendered essential services to Saul and to David 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mā·ḵîr
         to the clan of Machir 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         son 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh , 
    
 
        
            וַיֵּ֖שֶׁב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֵּ֖שֶׁב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yê·šeḇ
                
                
                     and they settled 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yê·šeḇ
         and they settled 
    
 
        
            בָּֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bāh
                
                
                     there . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bāh
         there . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Jair, a descendant of Manasseh, went and captured their villages and called them Havvoth-jair.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְיָאִ֤יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָאִ֤יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·’îr
                
                
                     Jair , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jair = |he enlightens|<BR> 1) a descendant of Manasseh who conquered many towns during the time of the conquest <BR> 2) the Gileadite, a judge of Israel for 22 years during the time of the judges; father of 30 sons <BR> 3) a Benjamite, son of Kish, and father of Mordecai <BR> 4) father of Elhanan, one of David's mighty warriors 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·’îr
         Jair , 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     a descendant 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         a descendant 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh , 
    
 
        
            הָלַ֔ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָלַ֔ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·laḵ
                
                
                     went 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·laḵ
         went 
    
 
        
            וַיִּלְכֹּ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּלְכֹּ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yil·kōḏ
                
                
                     and captured 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3920 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to capture, take, seize <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to capture, seize <BR> 1a2) to capture (of men) (fig.)<BR> 1a3) to take (by lot) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be caught (of men in trap, snare) (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to grasp each other 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yil·kōḏ
         and captured 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            חַוֺּתֵיהֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַוֺּתֵיהֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥaw·wō·ṯê·hem
                
                
                     their villages 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2333 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) village, town, tent village 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥaw·wō·ṯê·hem
         their villages 
    
 
        
            וַיִּקְרָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּקְרָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiq·rā
                
                
                     and called 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, call out, recite, read, cry out, proclaim <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to call, cry, utter a loud sound <BR> 1a2) to call unto, cry (for help), call (with name of God) <BR> 1a3) to proclaim <BR> 1a4) to read aloud, read (to oneself), read <BR> 1a5) to summon, invite, call for, call and commission, appoint, call and endow <BR> 1a6) to call, name, give name to, call by <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to call oneself <BR> 1b2) to be called, be proclaimed, be read aloud, be summoned, be named <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be called, be named, be called out, be chosen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiq·rā
         and called 
    
 
        
            אֶתְהֶ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶתְהֶ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ·hen
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ·hen
         - 
    
 
        
            חַוֺּ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַוֺּ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥaw·wōṯ
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2334 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Havoth-jair = |villages of Jair|<BR> 1) certain villages on the east of Jordan, in Gilead or Bashan, which were taken by Jair, the son of Manasseh, and called after his name; 60 or 23 or 30 cities in total 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥaw·wōṯ
         them 
    
 
        
            יָאִֽיר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָאִֽיר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·’îr
                
                
                     Havvoth-jair . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2334 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Havoth-jair = |villages of Jair|<BR> 1) certain villages on the east of Jordan, in Gilead or Bashan, which were taken by Jair, the son of Manasseh, and called after his name; 60 or 23 or 30 cities in total 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·’îr
         Havvoth-jair . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And Nobah went and captured Kenath and its villages and called it Nobah, after his own name.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְנֹ֣בַח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנֹ֣בַח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nō·ḇaḥ
                
                
                     And Nobah 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5025 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nobah = |barking| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a warrior of Manasseh who during the conquest of the territory on the east of the Jordan possessed himself of the town of Kenath and surrounding villages <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a place in Gilead which comprised the towns of Kenath and its surrounding villages captured by 1 above and renamed after himself; area eventually regained its original identity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nō·ḇaḥ
         And Nobah 
    
 
        
            הָלַ֔ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָלַ֔ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·laḵ
                
                
                     went 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·laḵ
         went 
    
 
        
            וַיִּלְכֹּ֥ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּלְכֹּ֥ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yil·kōḏ
                
                
                     and captured 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3920 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to capture, take, seize <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to capture, seize <BR> 1a2) to capture (of men) (fig.)<BR> 1a3) to take (by lot) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be caught (of men in trap, snare) (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to grasp each other 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yil·kōḏ
         and captured 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            קְנָ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְנָ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·nāṯ
                
                
                     Kenath 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7079 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kenath = |possession|<BR> 1) a city in Gilead east of the Jordan taken possession of by a certain Nobah and renamed in his own honour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·nāṯ
         Kenath 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּנֹתֶ֑יהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֹתֶ֑יהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nō·ṯe·hā
                
                
                     and its villages 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1323 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n f<BR> 1) daughter <BR> 1a) daughter, girl, adopted daughter, daughter-in-law, sister, granddaughters, female child, cousin <BR> 1a1) as polite address <BR> n pr f <BR> 1a2) as designation of women of a particular place <BR> 2) young women, women <BR> 1a3) as personification <BR> 1a4) daughter-villages <BR> 1a5) description of character 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nō·ṯe·hā
         and its villages 
    
 
        
            וַיִּקְרָ֧א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּקְרָ֧א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiq·rā
                
                
                     and called 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, call out, recite, read, cry out, proclaim <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to call, cry, utter a loud sound <BR> 1a2) to call unto, cry (for help), call (with name of God) <BR> 1a3) to proclaim <BR> 1a4) to read aloud, read (to oneself), read <BR> 1a5) to summon, invite, call for, call and commission, appoint, call and endow <BR> 1a6) to call, name, give name to, call by <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to call oneself <BR> 1b2) to be called, be proclaimed, be read aloud, be summoned, be named <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be called, be named, be called out, be chosen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiq·rā
         and called 
    
 
        
            לָ֦ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֦ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lāh
                
                
                     it 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lāh
         it 
    
 
        
            נֹ֖בַח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֹ֖בַח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nō·ḇaḥ
                
                
                     Nobah , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5025 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nobah = |barking| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a warrior of Manasseh who during the conquest of the territory on the east of the Jordan possessed himself of the town of Kenath and surrounding villages <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a place in Gilead which comprised the towns of Kenath and its surrounding villages captured by 1 above and renamed after himself; area eventually regained its original identity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nō·ḇaḥ
         Nobah , 
    
 
        
            בִּשְׁמֽוֹ׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּשְׁמֽוֹ׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biš·mōw
                
                
                     after his own name . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8034 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name <BR> 1a) name <BR> 1b) reputation, fame, glory <BR> 1c) the Name (as designation of God) <BR> 1d) memorial, monument 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biš·mōw
         after his own name .